JP7460106B2 - Gaming Machines - Google Patents

Description

The present invention relates to a gaming machine that communicates gaming machine information with an external gaming machine compatible unit.

In some pachinko machines, which are one type of gaming machine, communication takes place between the pachinko machine and a card unit that stores the cash balance, and various information related to the game is sent to the card unit. For example, in the pachinko machine described in Patent Document 1, the card unit is disposed adjacent to the pachinko machine. A ball lending switch operation signal indicating that the ball lending switch has been operated, and a return request signal requesting the return of balls held by the player are transmitted from the pachinko machine to the card unit. On the other hand, a balance display signal indicating the balance of the card inserted in the card unit and a ball lending available display signal are transmitted from the card unit to the pachinko machine. In addition, a connection signal indicating whether the pachinko machine and the card unit are normally connected is transmitted and received between the two.

In addition, in pachinko machines, an AND circuit is formed in the output of the drive signal to the firing mode used to shoot pachinko balls, and a connection signal is input to one of the input sides of the AND circuit. Therefore, if the connection signal is not input to the pachinko machine, such as when power is not supplied from the pachinko machine to the card unit or when there is an abnormality in the connection between the pachinko machine and the card unit, the shooting of pachinko balls is prohibited and play cannot proceed.

Japanese Patent No. 4884745 (for example, paragraphs 0240 to 0251, FIG. 38, etc.)

In slot machines as well as pachinko machines, there are cases where information is sent and received between the card unit. It is also being considered to store the number of medals held by the player in both the slot machine and the card unit as data on the number of medals (data on number of medals held), or to transmit number data information related to medal insertion and number data information related to medal payouts according to winning combinations (payout information) to the card unit and collect the information via the card unit.

In this type of slot machine, when a payout process is performed after the operation of the stop switch of the final reel is completed, the payout information is sent to the card unit after the operation of the stop switch of the final reel is completed.

By the way, in a slot machine, the reels are stopped by the player's operation of a stop switch, so after operating the stop switch applied to the last stopped reel, a situation is created in which the player continues to operate the stop switch without ending the operation. It is also possible to do so (so-called long press). In this case, if the power to the card unit is cut off while the stop switch on the final stop reel is held down, the card unit will not be able to receive payout information, etc., so the number data stored in the slot machine and the card There is a risk that a discrepancy will occur between the number of sheets and the number of sheets stored on the unit side.

The present invention was made in consideration of the above problems, and aims to make it less likely that discrepancies will occur in the managed game information even if the power to the external unit is cut off when game information is managed by both the gaming machine and an external unit.

In order to achieve the above object, the gaming machine of the present invention has a pattern display means having a plurality of variable display columns that variably display a plurality of types of patterns, a game start operation means for starting the variable display of each of the variable display columns, and a stop operation means for stopping the variable display corresponding to each of the plurality of variable display columns, and in which gaming value is awarded according to the stop result when all of the variable display columns have stopped, the gaming machine is equipped with a main control means that controls the progress of the game, and a gaming value amount control means that controls the management of the amount of the gaming value, and the main control means receives the gaming value from the gaming value amount control means and controls the amount of the gaming value in response to the operation of the game start operation means. a game is played using the gaming value, and the gaming value granted based on the stop result of the game is transferred to the gaming value amount control means, the gaming value amount control means transmits gaming machine information including a plurality of items to an external gaming machine compatible unit, and transfers the amount of the gaming value transferred to and from the external gaming machine compatible unit by including the amount of the gaming value transferred in transfer information and transmitting and receiving the amount of the gaming value transferred to and from the external gaming machine compatible unit, the transmission of the gaming machine information is performed at a transmission timing in a predetermined cycle, and the communication of the transfer information is performed at a timing different from the transmission timing in the predetermined cycle, and the main control means controls the The game machine includes a role selection means for selecting a role to determine whether or not a role of a certain type is won, a stop control means for performing stop control to stop the variable display of each of the reels based on the result of the role selection means and the operation mode of the stop operation means, and a power supply detection section capable of detecting whether or not power is being supplied to the gaming machine compatible unit, and when the power supply detection section is in a state in which it can detect that power is not being supplied to the gaming machine compatible unit, the operation of the game progress operation means related to the progress of the game including the stop operation means is disabled, and when the stop operation means for the last stopped reel is operated, even if the operation has not been terminated by the player, the role selection means The gaming value to be awarded can be determined based on the result of the lottery, the timing when the stop operation means for the last stopped reel is operated, and the timing when the stop operation means for reels other than the last stopped reel is operated, and among the multiple items of the gaming machine information, there is information that can specify the amount of the gaming value to be awarded to the player based on the stop result, and the information can be transmitted to the gaming machine compatible unit after the stop operation means for the last stopped reel is operated and before the operation of the stop operation means for the last stopped reel is terminated by the player.

According to this configuration, when the stop operation means on the last stop reel is operated, the information that can specify the amount of gaming value given according to the winning combination is terminated by the player. It is possible to send it to the gaming machine compatible unit before the game is installed. In this case, even if the power supply to the gaming machine compatible unit is cut off after the operation of the stop operation means for the last stop reel and until the end of the operation, the gaming value will be granted. Information that can be specified is sent to the gaming machine compatible unit before the power supply is cut off, making it difficult for discrepancies to occur between the gaming information managed by the gaming machine and the gaming information managed by the gaming machine compatible unit. be able to. Further, if power is not supplied to the gaming machine compatible unit, the operation of the game progress operation means is disabled, so that the game cannot be played thereafter. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the game from proceeding in a state where communication cannot be established between the game machine and the game machine compatible unit. Additionally, if the power supply to the gaming machine compatible unit is cut off and there is a discrepancy between the gaming information managed by the gaming machine compatible unit and the gaming information managed by the gaming machine, the gaming administrator must It is difficult to determine which information to believe and process, making it difficult to recover. However, with this configuration, even if the power supply to the gaming machine compatible unit is cut off, there will be less discrepancy between the information on the gaming machine compatible unit and the information on the gaming machine, so subsequent recovery will be difficult. becomes easier.

Further, in a state in which power is supplied to the gaming machine compatible unit, voltage is supplied to the power supply detection section, whereas in a state in which power is not supplied to the power supply detection section, the power supply detection section is supplied with voltage. A power-off circuit may be formed in which the voltage is not supplied to the game progress operating means, and when the voltage is not supplied, the power supply to the game progress operation means is cut off.

According to this configuration, the progress of the game can be reliably stopped when power is not supplied to the gaming machine compatible unit, so that the gaming information managed by the gaming machine and the gaming information managed by the gaming machine compatible unit are Discrepancies between the two can be reliably prevented.

The gaming machine may also be provided with a gaming value display that displays the gaming value held by the player, and a power supply circuit may be formed in such a way that when power is supplied to the gaming machine compatible unit, a voltage is supplied to the power supply detection section, whereas when power is not supplied to the power supply detection section, no voltage is supplied to the power supply detection section, and when no voltage is supplied, the power supply to the gaming value display is cut off.

With this configuration, when power is not supplied to the gaming machine compatible unit, the gaming value display does not display the gaming value possessed by the player, preventing the player from becoming suspicious due to a difference between the display on the gaming value display and the gaming information managed by the gaming machine compatible unit.

The gaming value amount control means may also include a storage means for storing the gaming value held by the player, and an update means for updating the contents stored in the storage means, and even if power is not supplied to the gaming machine compatible unit, when power is supplied to the gaming machine, the update means will not execute an update process before a specified update condition is satisfied, but the update means will execute an update process after the specified update condition is satisfied.

This configuration prevents a player from suffering a disadvantage due to the update means not updating because power is not supplied only to the gaming machine compatible unit.

1 is a front view of a slot machine and a card unit, which are an example of a gaming machine according to an embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 2 is a block diagram showing a communication system of a slot machine. 4 is a block diagram showing the device configuration of the card unit and the functions of a unit control board. FIG. FIG. 2 is a block diagram showing the electrical configuration of a slot machine. 3 is a functional block diagram showing the functions of a main control board, a sub-control board, and a medal number control board in FIG. 2. FIG. 13 is a diagram for explaining the pin arrangement of a connector that connects between a slot machine and a card unit. FIG. 1A is a diagram showing a format of a message used for communication between a slot machine and a card unit, and FIG. 1B is a diagram for explaining each item of the message format. It is a diagram showing a list of messages used for communication between the slot machine and the card unit. 9 is a diagram showing details of the message format of the message “gaming machine information notification” in FIG. 8; FIG. 10 is a diagram showing the item "gaming machine performance information" in the item "gaming machine information" in FIG. 9. FIG. FIG. 10 is a diagram showing the item "Gaming Machine Installation Information" in the item "Gaming Machine Information" in FIG. 9. FIG. 10 is a diagram showing the item "Hall Control/Fraud Monitoring Information" in the item "Gaming Machine Information" in FIG. 9. FIG. 13 is a diagram showing the item "game information" (excluding the item "number of game information") in FIG. 12. FIG. 9 is a diagram showing details of the message format of the message “counting notification” in FIG. 8 . FIG. 9 is a diagram showing details of the message format of the message “Rental Notice” in FIG. 8; FIG. 9 is a diagram showing details of the message format of the message “loan acceptance result response” in FIG. 8. A diagram showing a basic communication sequence using the messages "Game Machine Information Notification," "Counting Notification," "Lending Notification," and "Lending Receipt Result Response" between the slot machine and the card unit. FIG. 4 is a diagram showing a basic communication sequence between the slot machine and the card unit when the slot machine is activated first. FIG. 3 is a diagram showing a basic communication sequence between the slot machine and the card unit when the card unit is activated first. A diagram showing the transmission conditions and transmission priority order of "Gaming Machine Installation Information," "Gaming Machine Performance Information," and "Hall Control/Fraud Monitoring Information" in the telegram "Gaming Machine Information Notification." A diagram showing the basic communication sequence of the message "Gaming Machine Information Notification" ("Gaming Machine Installation Information", "Gaming Machine Performance Information", "Hall Control/Fraud Monitoring Information") between the slot machine and the card unit. 18 is a diagram showing a specific example of counting between the slot machine and the card unit in the basic communication sequence between the slot machine and the card unit in FIG. 17. FIG. FIG. 18 is a diagram showing a specific example of lending between the slot machine and the card unit in the basic communication sequence between the slot machine and the card unit in FIG. 17. FIG. 13 is a diagram showing a sequence relating to the insertion of medals when a bet switch is operated between a main control CPU and a medal count control CPU in a slot machine. FIG. 3 is a diagram showing a sequence (part 1) related to inserting medals when operating a maximum bet switch between a main control CPU and a medal number control CPU in a slot machine. FIG. 7 is a diagram showing a sequence (part 2) related to inserting medals when operating a maximum bet switch between a main control CPU and a medal number control CPU in a slot machine. FIG. 3 is a diagram showing a sequence related to canceling the insertion of medals when operating a settlement switch between a main control CPU and a medal number control CPU in a slot machine. It is a diagram showing a sequence related to the payout of medals between the main control CPU and the medal number control CPU in the slot machine. FIG. 13 is a diagram showing a sequence when a timeout occurs during insertion of medals when operating a maximum bet switch between a main control CPU and a medal count control CPU in a slot machine. It is a diagram showing a communication sequence between the main control CPU and the medal number control CPU in the slot machine, and between the medal number control CPU of the slot machine and the unit CPU of the card unit. FIG. 31 is a diagram showing a communication sequence subsequent to the communication sequence of FIG. 30. 32 is a diagram showing a communication sequence that is a continuation of the communication sequence of FIG. 31. FIG. FIG. 33 is a diagram showing a communication sequence subsequent to the communication sequence of FIG. 32. A diagram showing the timing of transmission of "hole control/fraud monitoring information" that is expected to cause problems. 13 is a diagram for explaining the timing of transmission of "hole control/fraud monitoring information" in this embodiment. FIG. It is a diagram for explaining the transmission timing of payout information. It is a figure which shows the modification of the circuit structure of an operating means. FIG. 2 is a front view of a board case that houses a main control board and a medal number control board. FIG. 38 is a perspective view of FIG. FIG. 39 is an exploded perspective view of FIG. 38 . FIG. 39 is a perspective view of a state in which a part of the board case of FIG. 38 has been rotated. FIG. 39 is a perspective view of both board cases of FIG. 38 in a pivoted state; FIG. 39 is a perspective view of the first substrate case of FIG. 38. 13 is a rear view of the cover member of the first substrate case. FIG. FIG. 2 is a perspective view of a base member of the first board case. FIG. 39 is a perspective view of the second board case of FIG. 38; FIG. 7 is a rear view of the lid member of the second board case. FIG. 13 is a perspective view of a base member of the second board case. FIG. 3 is a perspective view of a portion of means for caulking and fixing the first board case. 13 is a perspective view of a portion of a first pivot shaft portion that supports a first substrate case. FIG. 13 is a perspective view of another portion of the first pivot shaft portion that supports the first substrate case. FIG. 11 is a perspective view of a first pivot shaft portion that supports a first substrate case. FIG. FIG. 13 is a perspective view of a portion of a means for crimping and fixing the second substrate case. 13 is a perspective view of a portion of a second pivot shaft portion that supports a second substrate case. FIG. 13 is a perspective view of another portion of the second pivot shaft portion that supports the second substrate case. FIG. It is a perspective view of the 2nd pivot shaft part which supports the 2nd board case. FIG. 3 is a perspective view of a support plate on the gaming machine housing side. FIG. 3 is a front view of the first and second board cases in a state where there is a gap between the first and second connector parts. It is a perspective view of a connector part. This is a cross-sectional view of the connector portion in a connected state, taken along the line CC in FIG. 61. FIG. 3 is a view of the control board viewed from the front with the board case fixed to the housing. 62 is a sectional view taken along the line BB in FIG. 61. FIG. (a) is a diagram showing the positional relationship between the main control CPU and the medal count control CPU when the first connector of the main control board and the second connector of the medal count control board are mated in the correct position, and (b) is a diagram showing the positional relationship between the main control CPU and the medal count control CPU when they are mated in an offset position. It is a diagram showing a communication sequence between the main control CPU and the medal number control CPU in the slot machine and between the medal number control CPU of the slot machine and the unit CPU of the card unit in a modified example. 13A and 13B are diagrams showing communication sequences between the main control CPU and the medal count control CPU in a slot machine in another modified example, and between the medal count control CPU of the slot machine and a unit CPU of a card unit. A diagram showing a communication sequence following the communication sequence of Figure 65. FIG. 7 is a front view of another embodiment of the board case. A plan view for explaining the positioning of stickers bearing identification symbols on substrates (main control substrate, sub control substrate, medal count control substrate, etc.) in modified example (1). FIG. 69 is a diagram for explaining the relationship between the identification symbol and the parts arranged around it, and is a cross-sectional view taken along line AA in FIG. 68. (a) and (b) are other cross-sectional views for explaining the relationship between the identification symbol and parts arranged around it. FIG. 7 is a plan view for explaining the arrangement position of a seal on which an identification symbol is formed on a board (main control board, sub-control board, medal number control board, etc.) in modification (2). (a) to (c) are for explaining the relationship between the identification symbol of the board (main control board, sub-control board, medal number control board, etc.) and the parts arranged around it in modification (3). FIG.

<Embodiment>
One embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS. 1 to 63. In this specification, for ease of description, data corresponding to gaming value used in games instead of gaming medals will be appropriately referred to as "pseudo medals."

(slot machine system)
First, a slot machine system will be explained with reference to FIGS. 1 and 2. FIG. 1 is a front view of a slot machine SM and a card unit CU according to an embodiment of the present invention, and FIG. 2 is a block diagram showing the slot machine system.

As shown in FIG. 2, the slot machine system is composed of a slot machine SM which plays games based on gaming value, a hall computer, a management computer, a card unit CU which is installed adjacent to the slot machine SM and connected to the slot machine SM to lend and return gaming value in data format and is configured to be able to transmit various information to the hall computer and the management computer, and a center.
In this embodiment, the card unit CU transmits to the hall computer information that can identify the number of bonus wins, the number of games between bonuses, etc. Also, the card unit CU transmits to the management computer information related to the performance of the slot machine SM, such as the ratio of winning combinations. In the slot machine SM, the number of pseudo medals is transmitted from the card unit CU to the medal count control board 300 in the form of number data, and the game is executed according to the number data management by the medal count control board 300.

In addition, in this embodiment, in the slot machine system, balance data regarding the balance of cash inserted by the player and number data (hereinafter referred to as "held medal number data") indicating the number of pseudo medals possessed by the player that can be lent to the slot machine SM (hereinafter referred to as "held medal number data") are stored in the memory means 502a (see Figure 3) of the unit control board 500 of the card unit CU. Also, number data (hereinafter referred to as "play medal number data") indicating the number of pseudo medals possessed by the player that can be used for playing on the slot machine SM (hereinafter referred to as "game medal number data") is stored in the memory means 302a (see Figure 5) of the medal number control board 300 of the slot machine SM. In addition, storage means 502a is formed in the RAM portion (volatile memory) of memory 502, storage means 302a is formed in the RAM portion (volatile memory) of memory 302, storage means 502a and storage means 302a can retain their stored contents only when power is being supplied, and the stored contents are erased when power is no longer supplied.

Then, by operating the lending switch 503a of the card unit CU, a predetermined number of pseudo medals are lent from the card unit CU to the slot machine SM. In this lending, the balance data or the loanable number data stored in the storage means 502a of the card unit CU is subtracted by an amount corresponding to a predetermined number of cards to be lent, or the loanable card is subtracted by a predetermined number of cards to be lent. Can be rewritten to sheet count data. Further, the game medal number data stored in the storage means 302a of the slot machine SM is rewritten to game medal number data increased by a predetermined number of loaned medals.

Further, by operating the return switch 503b of the card unit CU, the number of pseudo medals (stored in the storage unit 302a) is transferred from the slot machine SM to the card unit CU by the number of game medals indicated by the game medal number data stored in the storage unit 302a. All of the pseudo medals (all pseudo medals) will be returned. In this return, the game medal number data stored in the storage means 302a of the slot machine SM is rewritten to game medal number data indicating the number "0". Furthermore, the data on the number of medals stored in the storage means 502a of the card unit CU is rewritten to data on the number of medals on hand, which is increased by the number of returned cards. Subsequently, the balance data and the number of medals data stored in the storage means 502a are stored in the medal card housed in the card insertion/ejection device 504, and the medal card is inserted into the insertion/ejection port 504a of the card insertion/ejection device 504. is discharged from. Then, the balance data and the data on the number of medals stored in the storage means 502a are rewritten into balance data indicating the balance "0" and data on the number of lendable medals indicating the number "0".

Further, by operating the bet switch 7 or the maximum bet switch 8 of the slot machine SM, a bet (insertion) of pseudo medals for a predetermined number of bets (number of inserted medals) is made. In this bet, the game medal number data stored in the storage means 302a of the slot machine SM is rewritten to game medal number data obtained by subtracting a predetermined bet number.

Furthermore, by winning a winning combination that pays out pseudo medals, the slot machine SM pays out a predetermined number of pseudo medals to the player. In this payout, the game medal number data stored in the storage means 302a of the slot machine SM is rewritten to game medal number data increased by a predetermined payout number. In this embodiment, the insertion of pseudo medals, the payout of pseudo medals, and the rewriting of the game medal number data are performed by exchanging signals between the main control CPU 101 and the medal number control CPU 301, which will be described in detail later.

Further, information is exchanged bidirectionally between the medal number control board 300 and the card unit CU via the I/F boards 90 and 550. Further, power (voltage) based on the internal power supply (internal power supply of the card unit CU) is supplied from the card unit CU to the slot machine SM via the I/F boards 90 and 550.

Below, first, the functions of the slot machine SM and the card unit CU will be explained in detail, and then the power supply for the slot machine SM and the card unit CU and the connection relationship between the slot machine SM and the card unit CU will be explained in detail.

(card unit)
As shown in FIGS. 1 and 3, the card unit CU includes a unit information display device 505, a cash insertion device 506, a card insertion/ejection device 504, a lending switch 503a, a return switch 503b, a leave switch 503c, a unit control board 500, An I/F board 550 is provided. The card unit CU also includes a power supply board (not shown) and an auxiliary power supply (not shown).

The unit information display device 505 displays the player's cash balance (points) and the number of pseudo medals held by the player based on the balance data and medal count data stored in the memory means 502a of the unit control board 500. The unit information display device 505 is, for example, composed of multiple 7-segment LEDs or a liquid crystal display.

The cash insertion device 506 is where cash such as bills are inserted to borrow pseudo medals from the card unit CU, and detects the cash inserted by the player.

The card insertion/ejection device 504 stores the medal card when a medal card written with predetermined ID information is inserted from the insertion/ejection port 504a, and stores the medal card when the return switch 503b is operated. The medal card is ejected from the insertion/ejection port 504a. Further, when the leave switch 503c is operated, the card insertion/ejection device 504 stores the ID information written on the accommodated medal card in the storage means 502a, and inserts the medal card into the insertion/ejection port 504a. It is something that is discharged from Further, when a medal card is inserted from the insertion/ejection port 504a after the medal card is ejected by operating the leave switch 503c, the card insertion/ejection device 504 stores the ID information written on the medal card and the storage means. The ID information stored in the storage means 502a is compared with the ID information stored in the storage means 502a, and if they match, the ID information stored therein is deleted from the storage means 502a, and the inserted medal card is received and stored. If they do not match, the inserted medal card is not accepted and is ejected from the insertion/ejection port 504a. Furthermore, even if a medal card is ejected by operating the leave switch 503c, the card insertion/ejection device 504 will not be able to handle the case where there are no pseudo medals left on the medal card (including the insertion of pseudo medals). Even if a new medal card having ID information different from the ID information stored in the storage means 502a is inserted, the medal card is not ejected. Therefore, in this case, the game can be played using a new medal card.

As shown in FIG. 3, the unit control board 500 is equipped with a unit CPU 501 that controls the entire card unit CU. The unit CPU 501 has a memory 502 and functions as a reception processing means 501a, a loan processing means 501b, a second counting processing means 501c, a return processing means 501d, and a transmission/reception means 501e.

(1) Storage means 502a
The memory 502 includes a RAM section that temporarily stores various data, and a ROM section that stores various programs and the like, and a storage means 502a is formed in the RAM section (volatile memory). The storage means 502a holds balance data, data on the number of medals held, data on the number of gaming medals stored in the storage means 302a received from the number of medals control board 300, ID information written on the medal card, and the like.

(2) Reception Processing Unit 501a
When a medal card is inserted into the insertion/ejection port 504a of the card insertion/ejection device 504, the reception processing means 501a rewrites the balance data and held medal number data stored in the storage means 502a to balance data increased by the amount (which may be "0") stored in the medal card or held medal number data increased by the number of pseudo medals (which may be "0"), and sets the amount or number of pseudo medals stored in the medal card to "0." Also, when cash is inserted into the cash insertion device 506, the reception processing means 501a rewrites the balance data stored in the storage means 502a to balance data increased by the amount inserted.

(3) Lending processing unit 501b
When the lending switch 503a is operated, a signal based on the number data of the predetermined number of lending medals is transmitted to the slot machine SM by the transmission/reception means 501e. The lending processing means 501b rewrites the balance data or the number of medals held stored in the storage means 502a to the balance data with the amount of the predetermined number of lending medals subtracted therefrom or the number of medals held with the predetermined number of lending medals subtracted therefrom based on the transmission of this signal. Note that, instead of updating the contents stored in the storage means 502a when a signal based on the number data of the predetermined number of lending medals is transmitted to the slot machine SM, the lending processing means 501b may update the contents stored in the storage means 502a when, for example, a signal based on the number data of the predetermined number of lending medals is transmitted to the slot machine SM and a response signal to this is received from the slot machine SM.

In this embodiment, when lending out pseudo medals based on the loanable number data stored in the storage means 502a, a predetermined number of pseudo medals are lent out each time the loan switch 503a is operated. However, for example, when the loan switch 503a is operated, all of the pseudo medals stored in the storage means 502a may be lent out at once.

(4) Second counting processing means 501c
The second counting processing means 501c cooperates with the first counting processing means 301b2 of the medal number control CPU 301 to transfer part or all of the usable number data stored in the storage means 302a to the storage means 502a of the card unit CU. This is used to perform counting processing to move the data to the next step.

Specifically, when the counting switch 31 of the slot machine SM is operated, a signal based on the number data for a predetermined count is transmitted from the slot machine SM to the card unit CU via the inter-unit transmitting/receiving means 301e. When the transmitting/receiving means 501e receives this signal, the second counting processing means 501c rewrites the data on the number of medals stored in the storage means 502a into data on the number of medals on hand by adding a predetermined count. In addition, in this embodiment, when the count switch 31 is pressed for a normal press for less than a predetermined time, data on the number of one pseudo medal is transmitted to the card unit CU side. On the other hand, if the counting switch 31 is pressed for a predetermined time or longer, data on the number of 50 pseudo medals is transmitted to the card unit CU at predetermined intervals (for example, 300 ms).

(5) Return Processing Unit 501d
When the return switch 503b is operated, the return processing means 501d stores the balance data and held medal count data stored in the memory means 502a in a medal card contained in the card insertion/ejection device 504, and then returns the medal card to the player.

Specifically, when the return switch 503b is operated while both the information regarding the number of game medals (the number of pseudo medals indicated by the game medal count data stored in the memory means 302a) transmitted from the medal count control board 300 and the information regarding the number of pseudo medals that have been inserted between the main control board 100 and the medal count control board 300 indicate "0", the return processing means 501d stores the balance data and held medal count data stored in the memory means 502a in a medal card contained in the card insertion/ejection device 504 and ejects the medal card from the insertion/ejection port 504a of the card insertion/ejection device 504, and rewrites the balance data and held medal count data stored in the memory means 502a to balance data indicating a balance of "0" and held medal count data indicating the number of medals "0". If the return switch 503b is operated when both the information regarding the number of pseudo medals inserted and the information regarding the number of game medals sent from the medal count control board 300 are not "0", a notification is issued by the liquid crystal display 14 and speakers 15, 16 to prompt the user to count (count switch 31) or settle (settlement switch 33).

Note that the transmitting/receiving means 501e receives data regarding the number of game medals (the number of pseudo medals indicated by the game medal number data stored in the storage means 302a) at a predetermined period (for example, 300 ms).

(6) Transmitting/receiving means 501e
The transmitting/receiving means 501e receives signals based on various information from the medal number control board 300 and transmits signals based on various information to the medal number control board 300. The information received from the medal number control board 300 includes the number of returned pseudo medals (counted number data), the usable number (the number of pseudo medals indicated by the game medal number data stored in the storage means 302a), These include the total number of pseudo medals put in, the total number of paid out medals, various ratios displayed on the winning ratio monitor 47 such as the winning ratio, and error related information. Further, the information transmitted to the medal number control board 300 includes information regarding the number of loaned pseudo medals. Note that game medal number data indicating the number of game medals received from the transmitting/receiving means 501e (game medal number data stored in the storage means 302a) is stored in the storage means 502a, and thereby the card unit CU and the medal number control board 300, and by using both, it becomes possible to respond to fraudulent acts.

In addition, various game information is transmitted from the card unit CU to the hall computer. The various game information includes, for example, the open state of the front panel 2, information on the number of pseudo medals inserted, information on the number of pseudo medals paid out, information on the occurrence of an error, information that the setting is being changed, information that the setting is being confirmed, information that the bonus state is in, information that a winning combination, a replay combination, or a bonus combination has been won, and information that each of the rotating reels 6L, 6M, and 6R has stopped.

(slot machine)
Next, the outline of the configuration of the slot machine SM will be explained with reference to FIGS. 1, 4, and 5.

In the slot machine SM in this embodiment, pseudo medals are inserted by operating the bet switch 7 or the maximum bet switch 8 to establish a predetermined condition for starting a game. In addition, when the start switch 9 is operated by the player on the condition that a predetermined number of bets are set by inserting pseudo medals and a predetermined condition is established, the multiple rotating reels 6L, 6M, and 6R, each of which has a plurality of patterns arranged thereon, start to rotate. In addition, each rotating reel 6L, 6M, and 6R is stopped by operating each stop switch 10L, 10M, and 10R. If the stopped pattern display result at this time is a predetermined winning mode, a predetermined number of pseudo medals are paid out, and one game ends. Here, inserting pseudo medals means rewriting the game medal number data stored in the storage means 302a of the medal number control board 300 to game medal number data in which the number of medals corresponding to the bet number of the game is subtracted. In addition, the payment of pseudo medals means that, when a prize is won in the game, the game medal count data stored in the storage means 302a of the medal count control board 300 is rewritten to game medal count data to which a medal count set according to the winning combination has been added.

Furthermore, even if pseudo medals are inserted and the game medal number data is reduced, the set number of bets can be changed until the start switch 9 is operated. The number of bets is updated as appropriate, and when the start switch 9 is operated, the amount set as the number of bets is played. For example, when setting the number of bets in a gaming state where the specified number is set to "3" or "1", by operating the maximum bet switch 8, the number of bets is set to "3" and the game medal "3" is subtracted from the number data. After that, when changing the bet number to "1", by operating the bet switch 7, "1" is set as the bet number, and "2" is returned (added) to the game medal number data. becomes.

The slot machine SM is configured, for example, as shown in Figure 1. That is, in this slot machine SM, the front of the open-front box-shaped housing KY is closed by a front panel 2 so as to be freely opened and closed, and an operation panel 3 is disposed at a position approximately at the center height of the front panel 2, with a front plate 4 disposed above the operation panel 3. The front plate 4 is provided with a horizontally long rectangular display window 5. Also, inside the display window 5, left, center and right rotating reels 6L, 6M and 6R (corresponding to the "symbol display means" of the present invention) that variably display a number of types of symbols in a predetermined order are disposed.

A predetermined number of symbols are provided in a predetermined arrangement on the circumferential surface of each of the left, middle, and right rotating reels 6L, 6M, and 6R. Further, the plurality of symbols provided on the circumferential surface of each of the left, middle, and right rotating reels 6L, 6M, and 6R include a plurality of different types of symbols. Note that each of the rotating reels 6L, 6M, and 6R is formed by pasting a reel tape on which a plurality of types of patterns are printed on the circumferential surface of the rotating reel. Moreover, when each rotating reel 6L, 6M, 6R rotates, a plurality of types of symbols provided on the circumferential surface of each rotating reel 6L, 6M, 6R are variably displayed on the display window 5 in a predetermined order. Also, when the rotation of each rotating reel 6L, 6M, 6R stops, a total of 3 symbols will be displayed, one in each of the upper, middle and lower tiers of the display window 5 for each rotating reel 6L, 6M, 6R. is set to be displayed. That is, when all the rotating reels 6L, 6M, and 6R stop, a total of nine symbols arranged in three columns and three rows are stopped and displayed on the display window 5.

In addition, each rotary reel 6L, 6M, 6R is equipped with a left, middle, right reel motor 27L, 27M, which is constituted by a stepping motor, respectively, so that each rotary reel 6L, 6M, 6R can be rotated independently. 27R (see FIG. 4) are connected. Further, a support frame supporting each rotating reel 6L, 6M, 6R is fixed to the rear wall inside the housing KY, and each rotating reel 6L, 6M, 6R is supported by the supporting frame and attached to the housing. It is arranged within the body KY.

The operation panel 3 also includes a bet switch 7, a maximum bet switch 8, a lever-shaped start switch 9 (corresponding to the "game start operation means" of the present invention), and left, middle, and right stop switches (the "stop" switch of the present invention). 10L, 10M, 10R (corresponding to "operating means"), a counting switch 31, and a settlement switch 33 are provided. The bet switch 7 is used by the player to perform an operation to instruct the insertion of pseudo medals one by one from the usable number data stored in the storage means 302a of the medal number control board 300, which will be described later. The maximum bet switch 8 allows the player to input the maximum number of medals per game (set to 3) from the game medal number data stored in the storage means 302a of the medal number control board 300. This is for performing an operation to instruct the insertion of pseudo medals. Note that the bet switch 7 and the maximum bet switch 8 are set to be activated when the number of medals indicated by the game medal number data stored in the storage means 302a of the medal number control board 300 is one or more. has been done. Further, when the maximum bet switch 8 is operated, if the number of game medals indicated by the game medal number data stored in the storage means 302a of the medal number control board 300 is less than the specified number (for example, three), , a notification may be made to encourage the player to lend out the pseudo medals, or the player may be allowed to play with a predetermined number less than the specified number (for example, three). Furthermore, in such a case, the operation of the maximum bet switch 8 may not be accepted.

The counting switch 31 functions as an instruction button when transmitting the game medal count data stored in the storage means 302a to the card unit CU. In this embodiment, a normal press instructs the transmission of the number data for one medal, and a long press instructs the transmission of the number data for 50 medals periodically. In the case of a long press, the number data for 50 medals is transmitted to the card unit CU at predetermined intervals while the button is pressed. Note that if a transmission instruction is issued when the game medal count data stored in the storage means 302a falls below 50 medals (a transmission instruction based on a long press), all remaining number data is transmitted to the card unit CU.
The settlement switch 33 is for resetting the number of dummy medals to bet to zero when the number of dummy medals has been set.

The start switch 9 is for the player to operate the reels 6L, 6M, and 6R to start the variable display of each symbol by rotating them. The left, center, and right stop switches 10L, 10M, and 10R are for the player to operate the reels 6L, 6M, and 6R to stop the variable display of each symbol by stopping the rotation of the reels 6L, 6M, and 6R. The start switch 9 is set to be activated after the game medal count data stored in the memory means 302a (corresponding to the "memory means" of the present invention) of the medal count control board 300 is rewritten to the game medal count data by subtracting a predetermined number from the game medal count data (insertion of a predetermined number of pseudo medals). The left, center, and right stop switches 10L, 10M, and 10R are set to be activated after the reels 6L, 6M, and 6R, which have started to rotate by the operation of the start switch 9, have passed a predetermined acceleration period and started to rotate at a constant speed.

In this embodiment, the number of bets (predetermined number) required for one game (one game) is set to three types: 1, 2, and 3 bets. In addition, a variable display row that variably displays multiple types of symbols is formed by each of the rotating reels 6L, 6M, and 6R, and each stop switch 10L, 10M, and 10R is connected to each of the rotating reels 6L, 6M, and 6R. It is set up accordingly.

Also, at approximately the center of the upper part of the front panel 4, there is a liquid crystal display 14 for displaying videos and the like to inform the player of wins and prizes, and for displaying the operation status of each stop switch 10L, 10M, and 10R.

Furthermore, upper speakers 15 are provided on the upper left and right sides of the front panel 4 for producing effects such as music and audio. Further, a lower panel 18 on which decorative pictures and the like are displayed is provided below the operation panel 3, and lower speakers 16 are provided on the left and right sides of the lower panel 18 for producing effects such as music and audio. There is.

In addition, an upper lamp section 21 is provided on the upper peripheral portion of the front panel 2, and lower lamp sections 22 are provided on the left and right sides of the lower panel 18 of the front panel 2. Each lamp section 21, 22 is equipped with a light-emitting element such as a light-emitting diode or organic electroluminescence (EL), or a light-emitting means such as a general light bulb, and performs effects such as informing the player of a win or prize.

Further, at the lower right of the display window 5, a game medal number display 26 (corresponding to the "gaming value display" of the present invention) is arranged to display the number of pseudo medals owned by the player. There is. This game medal number display 26 is composed of, for example, five 7-segment LEDs, and is capable of displaying the five-digit number of pseudo medals possessed.

Further, a bet lamp section 30 for indicating the number of medals inserted is arranged next to the game medal number display 26, and the bet lamp section 30 is composed of three bet lamps.

In addition, a payout indicator 46 that displays the number of pseudo medals paid out is provided at the lower left of the display window 5. This payout indicator 46 is, for example, composed of two 7-segment LEDs, and is capable of displaying a two-digit number of pseudo medals paid out.

(Outline of the electrical configuration of a slot machine)
The electrical configuration of the slot machine SM will be described with reference to Fig. 4, which is a block diagram showing the electrical configuration of the slot machine.

The left, center, and right position sensors 55L, 55M, and 55R are for detecting the rotational positions of the left, center, and right reels 6L, 6M, and 6R, respectively, and are, for example, photointerrupters that detect protrusions provided on the left, center, and right reels 6L, 6M, and 6R, respectively, and when the left, center, and right reels 6L, 6M, and 6R rotate, they detect the protrusions for each revolution and output the detection signal to the main control board 100. In this slot machine SM, for example, when the left, center, and right position sensors 55L, 55M, and 55R detect the protrusions, the symbol with frame number 20 out of the frame numbers 0 to 20 set on each reel 6L, 6M, and 6R is configured to be positioned in the middle of the display window 5.

The setting key switch 56 is provided on the main control board 100, and is turned ON and OFF by inserting and rotating a setting change key into a key cylinder arranged in the setting change key cylinder accommodating part K100. The reset switch 52 is provided on the operation switch board 600, and each time the reset switch 52 is pressed once during a setting change, the reset switch 52 is temporarily set to a higher setting value. Note that the reset switch 52 is also used as a switch for canceling an error when it occurs.

In addition, in this slot machine SM, the main control board 100 is equipped with a main control CPU 101 (corresponding to the "main control means" of the present invention) that controls the progress of the game, the sub-control board 200 is equipped with a sub-control CPU 201 that controls the presentation according to the progress of the game based on the information transmitted from the main control board 100, the medal count control board 300 is equipped with a medal count control CPU 301 (corresponding to the "game value amount control means" of the present invention) that controls the management of the number of pseudo medals owned by the player, the operation switch board 600 to which signals from the operation means necessary for the progress of the game (for example, the start switch 9) are input, the display board 700 is provided with the payout indicator 46 and the game medal count indicator 26, and as shown in FIG. 2, an I/F board 90 for communicating with external devices is separately provided. Here, various game information is transmitted in one direction from the main control board 100 to the sub-control board 200. In addition, various information is transmitted bidirectionally between the main control board 100 and the medal count control board 300. In addition, predetermined information is transmitted unidirectionally from the medal count control board 300 to the sub-control board 200. The predetermined information here refers to, for example, information related to game medal count data stored in the storage means 302a, and information that notifies the player when the count switch 31 is pressed. Therefore, based on the information (predetermined information) received directly from the medal count control board 300, the sub-control board 200 controls the LCD display 14 to display the number of pseudo medals held by the player, and the speakers 15 and 16 to sound a press notification sound when the count switch 31 is pressed.

Further, as shown in FIG. 61, which will be described later, the main control board 100 and the medal number control board 300 are connected BtoB (Board to Board). Further, the display board 700 and the operation switch board 600, the operation switch board 600 and the medal count control board 300, and the main control board 100 and the sub-control board 200 are all connected via harnesses.

Signals from the start switch 9, bet switch 7, maximum bet switch 8, stop switches 10L, 10M, 10R, as well as signals from the settlement switch 33 and reset switch 52, which are operation means necessary for the progression of the game, are first sent to the operation switch board. 600 and is input to the medal number control board 300 via the harness. Then, it is input to the main control board 100 via the wiring within the medal number control board 300 and the connector connection (BtoB connection). The signal from the counting switch 31 is input to the operation switch board 600, inputted to the medal number control board 300 via the harness, and further inputted to the medal number control CPU 301. Note that the signals from the start switch 9 and the stop switches 10L, 10M, and 10R may be input directly to the main control board 100 without going through the medal number control board 300. Furthermore, signals from the operating means (start switch 9, bet switch 7, maximum bet switch 8, stop switches 10L, 10M, 10R), settlement switch 33, reset switch 52, and counting switch 31 are transmitted via the harness to the main control board. 100 and may be input to the medal number control board 300 via wiring within the main control board 100 and a connector-to-connector connection (Board to Board connection).

The control signal (including display data) used to display the payout display 46 is transmitted from the main control board 100. At this time, the transmission path is the main control board 100 → medal count control board 300 → operation switch board 600 → display board 700. The control signal (including display data) used to display the game medal count display 26 is transmitted from the medal count control board 300. At this time, the transmission path is the medal count control board 300 → operation switch board 600 → display board 700.

The role ratio monitor 47 displays various ratios and is provided on the main control board 100. In this embodiment, the role ratio monitor 47 is composed of four 7-segment LEDs. Various ratios include a role model ratio, a continuous role model ratio, and an advantageous section ratio. The accessory ratio is the ratio of the total number of payouts due to accessory items (for example, big bonus (BB), chance bonus (CB), single bonus (SB), etc.) to the total number of pseudo medals paid out. The continuous accessory ratio is the ratio of the total number of payouts due to continuous accessories (for example, big bonus (BB), etc.) to the total number of pseudo medals paid out. The advantageous section ratio is when there is an advantageous section in which notification of an advantageous press order is allowed when winning a winning combination (AT combination) in which the number of pseudo medals paid out differs depending on the pressing order, and the ratio of the advantageous section to the total number of games played is This is the proportion of Note that the role ratio monitor 47 may be provided on the medal number control board 300. Alternatively, information that allows identification of various ratios may be transmitted to the card unit CU side without providing the role ratio monitor 47.

The setting display 48 displays the setting values set by the setting value setting means 101b described below, and is provided on the main control board 100. In this embodiment, the setting display 48 is composed of one 7-segment LED.

The memory 102 of the main control board 100 includes a RAM section that temporarily stores various data, and a ROM section that stores data, programs, etc. necessary for proceeding with the game. The RAM section of the main control board 100 stores various flags, lottery results, etc., for example. Further, the ROM section of the main control board 100 stores preset data (such as the lottery table 102a in FIG. 5) and gaming machine programs (programs for the slot machine SM).

The main control CPU 101 of the main control board 100 also has an interrupt function such as a timer interrupt, and performs processing related to the progress of the game by executing a game machine program stored in the ROM section. The main control CPU 101 also transmits various game information in command format to the sub-control board 200 (sub-control CPU 201), such as information related to the result of the role selection by the selection means 101e (see FIG. 5), and information related to the operation of the operating devices operated by the player, such as the stop switches 10L, 10M, and 10R and the start switch 9.

The memory 202 of the sub-control board 200 includes a RAM section for temporarily storing various data, and a ROM section for storing various programs for effects. The sub-control CPU 201 of the sub-control board 200 has an interrupt function such as a timer interrupt, and executes a program stored in the memory 202 based on various game information related to the slot machine SM transmitted from the main control CPU 101 to determine the content of the effects related to the game for the player. The sub-control CPU 201 of the sub-control board 200 controls the effects devices such as the LCD display 14 and speakers 15 and 16 via an I/O port of the sub-control board 200 based on the determined content of the effects.

The memory 302 of the medal count control board 300 has a RAM section for temporarily storing various data, and a ROM section for storing various programs. The medal count control CPU 301 of the medal count control board 300 has an interrupt function such as a timer interrupt, and performs various controls such as managing the number of pseudo medals held by the player using game medal count data stored in the storage means 302a formed in the RAM section (volatile memory) of the memory 302, and displaying the number of pseudo medals corresponding to the game medal count data stored in the storage means 302a on the game medal count display 26.

The main control board 100, the sub-control board 200, the medal count control board 300, and the I/F board 90 are each sealed in a separate board case with a crimping mechanism so that they cannot be easily accessed from the outside. To prevent unauthorized acts, the connection methods for each board include direct board-to-board connection (BtoB connection) using connectors mounted on each board, and in addition to physical access, wire covers are used to suppress the effects of electromagnetic noise. A method of connecting using a coated signal line, a method of routing the signal line from a place where it is difficult for players to see, a method of encrypting communication signals between boards, a method of connecting the ID information provided on each board periodically or with an error. There are ways to communicate when it occurs. When connecting both boards using connectors mounted on each board, connect them side by side, rather than using a stacked connection that reduces the visibility of the boards, and cover the connection points as a board unit to make access difficult. It is better to make it . Further, the main control board 100 and the medal number control board 300 may not be housed in individual board cases, but may be housed together in one board case and sealed.

(Main control board)
The functions of the main control board 100 will be explained with reference to FIG.

(1) Game control means 101a
The game control means 101a is for controlling the game executed in the medal-less slot machine SM.

In playing this slot machine SM, when the bet switch 7 or the maximum bet switch 8 is operated to instruct the insertion of pseudo medals, a signal based on information that can identify this is transmitted to the medal count control board 300 by the medal management transmission/reception means 101n. In the medal count control board 300 that receives this signal, the game medal count data stored in the storage means 302a is rewritten to game medal count data with the number of inserted pseudo medals subtracted. At this time, a signal based on information that can identify the rewriting is transmitted from the medal count control board 300 to the main control board 100, and the bet number is set by receiving this signal by the medal management transmission/reception means 101n. In addition, the bet number can be changed until the start switch 9 is operated, and the game medal count data stored in the storage means 302a is updated accordingly. Then, when the start switch 9 is operated after a predetermined bet number is set, first, a random number lottery is performed by the lottery means 101e to determine whether or not a win has been won, and almost simultaneously, all three rotating reels 6L, 6M, and 6R start rotating.

After that, when one of the three stop switches 10L, 10M, 10R is operated, the left, center, and right reels 6L, 6M, 6R corresponding to the operated stop switch 10L, 10M, 10R stop spinning. Then, when the operation of all three stop switches 10L, 10M, 10R is completed, all three reels 6L, 6M, 6R stop spinning. At this time, if a predetermined pattern stops in a predetermined position, a win is won, and the player is given a predetermined benefit, such as a payout of a predetermined number of pseudo medals, a replay that allows the player to play the next game without subtracting the game medal number data stored in the memory means 302a, etc.

(2) Set value setting means 101b
The setting value setting means 101b in FIG. 5 is configured to perform settings (settings 1 to 6) for adjusting the payout rate (total number of coins to be paid out ÷ total number of inserted medals x 100 [%]) based on a predetermined setting change operation. ).

Here, an example of a setting change operation for changing a setting value will be described. For example, before the power of the slot machine SM is turned on, the setting key switch 56 (setting key) is turned on, and when the power is turned on, the setting change process is started. At this time, when the reset switch 52 is pressed once, the setting value is temporarily set to a setting value one level higher than the setting value set before the power is turned on (for example, setting 3 is temporarily set to setting 4). Thereafter, each time the reset switch 52 is pressed, the setting value is temporarily set to the next higher setting value. However, if the reset switch 52 is pressed when the temporary setting value is 6, the setting value returns to 1 and is temporarily set. Finally, the set value is confirmed by turning on the start switch 9, and the provisional set value at that time becomes the set value of the slot machine SM. Note that when the setting value setting means 101b changes the setting, it rewrites the setting value stored in the setting value storage area 102c with the changed setting value.

(3) Table selection means 101c
The table selection means 101c in FIG. 6), one lottery table is selected from the plurality of lottery tables 102a. For example, in a game in the normal game state, the table selection means 101c selects the lottery table 102a (general game lottery table) as the lottery table according to the winning probability setting value (setting 1 to setting 6).

(4) First input processing means 101d
When the bet switch 7 or the maximum bet switch 8 is operated, the first insertion processing means 101d cooperates with the second insertion processing means 301b3 of the medal count control CPU 301 described later to insert dummy medals to set the number of bets and establish a predetermined condition for starting a game. When the settlement switch 33 is operated, the second insertion processing means 103 cooperates with the second insertion processing means 301b3 of the medal count control CPU 301 to cancel the number of bets that was once set.

When the bet switch 7 or the maximum bet switch 8 is operated, the first insertion processing means 101d adds +1 to the value of the storage area for the provisional number of insertions provided in the memory 102, and sends the insertion processing request signal to the medal management. It is transmitted to the medal number control board 300 by the transmitting/receiving means 101n. Upon receiving the input process request signal, the medal number control board 300 performs a process of subtracting -1 from the number of game medals stored in the storage means 302a, and then transmits a completion signal of the process to the main control board 100, This completes the loading process for one sheet. If the maximum bet switch 8 is operated, the process is repeated three times. Then, the first insertion processing means 101d activates the operation of the start switch 9 when the provisional number of inputs reaches a value necessary for one game (for example, three coins) as a result of the insertion process. Note that details of the input process will be described later with reference to FIG. 24.

In this embodiment, even if the maximum bet switch 8 instructs the insertion of, for example, three pseudo medals, the first insertion processing means 101d and the second insertion processing means 301b3 perform the insertion processing one by one. The insertion processing of pseudo medals performed in cooperation between the first insertion processing means 101d and the second insertion processing means 301b3 will be described later.

When the settlement switch 33 is operated, a signal based on information that can identify the operation is sent by the medal management transmission/reception means 101n to the medal count control board 300. The medal count control board 300, which has received the signal based on the information, rewrites the game medal count data stored in the storage means 302a to game medal count data that has been increased by a number corresponding to the number of bets, and sends a signal based on information that can identify the operation to the main control board 100. Note that even if the settlement switch 33 is operated when the insertion process of three pseudo medals has been completed, the settlement process (return process) is performed one medal at a time between the first insertion process means 101d and the second insertion process means 301b3.

(5) Lottery means 101e
In this embodiment, the lottery means 101e (corresponding to the "winning combination lottery means" of the present invention) operates within a predetermined range (in this embodiment, for example, from 0 to 10 in decimal notation) upon operation of the start switch 9. 65535), a random number is generated and extracted, and based on the extracted random number and the lottery table 102a, a lottery is performed to determine whether you win or lose one of a plurality of roles including a small role, a replay role, and a bonus role. It is for.

In the lottery table 102a, it is determined in advance whether each random number within a predetermined range generated by the lottery means 101e corresponds to any of the preset lottery results.

(6) Reel rotation control means 101f
The reel rotation control means 101f (corresponding to the "stop control means" of the present invention) controls the rotation of the rotating reels 6L, 6M, 6R based on the operation mode of the stop switches 10L, 10M, 10R by the player and the lottery result of the lottery means 101e. This is to perform stop control. Specifically, the reel rotation control means 101f uses the stop table 102b to rotate the left, middle, and right reels 6L, 6M, and 6R based on the operations on the left, middle, and right stop switches 10L, 10M, and 10R, respectively. The symbols variably displayed by the left, middle, and right reels 6L, 6M, and 6R are stopped in a display mode corresponding to the winning lottery result of the lottery means 101e.

(7) Judgment means 101g
The determining means 101g determines the display mode of the stopped symbols when all the rotating reels 6L, 6M, 6R are stopped by operating the respective stop switches 10L, 10M, 10R. In this embodiment, the determining means 101g determines whether the display result of the symbols when each of the rotating reels 6L, 6M, and 6R is stopped is a predetermined winning mode. Note that the display mode in which it is determined that the winning combination is different for each winning combination is determined in advance.

(8) First payout processing means 101h
The first payout processing means 101h (corresponding to the "update means" of the present invention) cooperates with the second payout processing means 301b4 of the medal count control CPU 301 described later to pay out pseudo medals according to the winning role when the judgment result of the judgment means 101g is any winning mode of a role with a payout of pseudo medals, thereby providing a profit to the player. When the judgment result of the judgment means 101g is a display mode related to the payout of pseudo medals, the first payout processing means 101h stores the payout number according to the winning role in the memory area of the payout remaining number provided in the memory 102, subtracts -1 from the value of the payout remaining number, and then transmits a payout processing request signal to the medal count control board 300 by the medal management transmission/reception means 101n. The medal count control board 300 that receives the payout processing request signal performs a process of adding +1 to the number of game medals stored in the storage means 302a, and then transmits a completion signal of the process to the main control board 100, thereby completing the payout process for one medal. This payout process is repeated until the remaining payout number becomes "0", and the payout process for this game is completed. Details of the payout process will be described later with reference to FIG.

In this embodiment, even if the number of paid out pseudo medals for a winning combination is two or more, the first payout processing means 101h and the second payout processing means 301b4 perform the payout process one by one. The pseudo medal payout/input process carried out by the first payout processing means 101h and the second payout processing means 301b4 will be described later.

(9) Error detection means 101i
The error detection means 101i detects whether or not an abnormal state different from a normal state has occurred, that is, a so-called error has occurred. However, in this embodiment, even if the voltage VL is not supplied from the card unit CU, this reason alone will not be detected as an error.

(10) Payout display control means 101j
The payout display control means 101j controls the display on the payout display 46. Specifically, the payout display control means 101j controls the payout display 46 so that when a winning combination is won, the payout display 46 displays the number of pseudo medals set for the winning combination. . Further, the payout display control means 101j controls the payout display so that when the error detection means 101i detects the occurrence of an error, a predetermined identification number is displayed on the payout display 46 for the detected error. 46.

(11) Command creation means 101k
The command creation means 101k includes information regarding the lottery result of the lottery means 101e, information regarding the types of gaming states such as the general gaming state and the bonus gaming state, the rotating/stopping states of each rotating reel 6L, 6M, and 6R, and the first payout process. It generates a command for transmitting various information such as the payout status of pseudo medals by the means 101h to the sub-control board 200 (sub-control CPU 201). The command generated by the command generating means 101k is transmitted to the sub-control board 200 by the command transmitting means 101m, which will be described later. The sub-control board 200 selects the effect to be executed based on the command sent from the main control board 100. In other words, a command that instructs the content of the performance to be executed on the sub-control board 200 is created by the command creation means 101k.

(12) Command sending means 101m
The command transmission means 101m is for one-way transmission of commands containing various information created by the command creation means 101k from the main control board 100 to the sub-control board 200.

(13) Medal management transmitting/receiving means 101n
The medal management transmitting/receiving means 101n transmits signals based on various information to the medal number control board 300, and receives signals based on various information from the medal number control board 300. The information sent to the medal number control board 300 includes, for example, information regarding winning combinations, information regarding the operation of the bet switch 7 and maximum bet switch 8, information regarding the insertion of pseudo medals (insertion processing request signal), and information regarding the payout of pseudo medals. information (payout processing request signal), the ID number of the main control CPU 101, gaming machine information including various ratios such as accessory ratios, etc. Further, the information received from the medal number control board 300 includes, for example, information regarding the insertion of pseudo medals (insertion processing response signal), information regarding the payout of pseudo medals (payout processing response signal)
etc. In this embodiment, information regarding the operations of the lending switch 503a, return switch 503b, and leave switch 503c of the card unit CU, and information regarding errors in the medal number control board 300 are transmitted from the medal number control board 300 to the sub-control board 200. Although this information is configured to be directly transmitted to the main control board 100 from the medal number control board 300, it may be possible to transmit this information from the main control board 100 to the sub-control board 200.

(14) Operation management means 101p
The operation management means 101p manages whether to enable or disable the operation of the operation means related to the progress of the game.

As described below, in this embodiment, a voltage (VL) is supplied from the card unit CU to the slot machine SM. If the card unit CU is not powered on, mutual communication with the medal count control board 300 is not possible, and in such a case, the operation management means 101p disables the operation of the operation means, thereby preventing further play from proceeding.

Specifically, when the medal management transmission/reception means 101n receives information that can identify that voltage (VL) is not being supplied from the card unit CU, the operation management means 101p disables the operation even if the operation of the operation means is normally permitted. On the other hand, when the medal management transmission/reception means 101n does not receive information that can identify that voltage (VL) is not being supplied from the card unit CU, if the operation means is operated, the operation is enabled. Therefore, when a situation occurs in which voltage (VL) is not being supplied from the card unit CU, no further pseudo medals will be inserted or dispensed, and it is possible to reduce discrepancies between the information regarding the insertion and dispensing of pseudo medals transmitted from the medal count control board 300 to the card unit CU and the information grasped by the card unit CU.

In this embodiment, the target operation means include a bet switch 7, a maximum bet switch 8, a start switch 9, each stop switch 10L, 10M, 10R, a counting switch 31, and a settlement switch 33 (the "game progress operation means" of the present invention). ) is set.

In addition, in a situation where the medal management transmitting/receiving means 101n receives information that can specify that voltage (VL) is not being supplied from the card unit CU, the operation management means 101p controls each of the game medal number display 26. Control is performed so as not to supply 7-segment power, and the number of game medals is not displayed in a situation where voltage (VL) is not supplied from the card unit CU. Note that even if the voltage (VL) is not supplied from the card unit CU, the displays on the payout display 46, win ratio monitor 47, etc. are maintained.

In this embodiment, the operation management means 101p disables the operation of each operation means based on the fact that the medal management transmission/reception means 101n has received information that can identify that voltage (VL) is not being supplied from the card unit CU. However, even if the operation management means 101p does not manage the enable/disable status of each operation means, a circuit may be formed in which the operation of each operation means is disabled when voltage VL is not being supplied from the card unit CU.

For example, as shown in FIG. 37, the voltage VL on the slot machine SM side and the voltage VL on the slot machine SM side and the card unit CU A circuit (AND circuit) that cannot be used unless both side voltages VL are supplied may be formed. Similarly, the game medal number display 26 forms a circuit (AND circuit) in which power is not supplied to each segment unless both the voltage VL on the slot machine SM side and the voltage VL on the card unit CU side are supplied. You may.

(Sub control board)
Next, the functions of the sub-control board 200 will be explained with reference to FIG. 5.

(1) Command receiving means 201a
The command receiving means 201a receives commands containing various information transmitted by the command transmitting means 101m of the main control board 100. When the command receiving means 201a receives a command transmitted from the main control board 100, it notifies each function provided in the sub control board 200 according to the type of command.

(2) Presentation content determination means 201b
The presentation content determining means 201b is for determining the content of the presentation in response to the command received by the command receiving means 201a. Specifically, from presentation patterns preset in response to the progress of the game and the result of the lottery by the lottery means 101e, the means 201b determines the video to be displayed on the liquid crystal display 14, the music or sound to be played from the speakers 15 and 16, and the light sources of the upper lamp section 21 and the lower lamp section 22 to blink simultaneously or individually.

Then, the performance content determining means 201b transmits a signal including data regarding the determined performance content to the liquid crystal display control means 201c and the audio control means 201d.

(3) Liquid crystal display control means 201c
The liquid crystal display control means 201c displays a moving image (image) on the liquid crystal display 14 based on the data included in the signal transmitted from the performance content determining means 201b, and displays the upper lamp part 21, the lower lamp part 22, etc. It performs control such as blinking the light sources all at once or individually. For example, the liquid crystal display control means 201c flashes the light sources such as the upper lamp part 21 and the lower lamp part 22 all at once or individually based on the data transmitted from the effect content determining means 201b.

(4) Voice control means 201d
The audio control means 201d performs controls such as playing music and outputting sounds from the speakers 15 and 16 based on the data included in the signal transmitted from the performance content determining means 201b. For example, the audio control means 201d causes the speaker 15 to play a winning sound for a re-gaming combination, or the speaker 16 to play a medal insertion sound based on the data transmitted from the production content determining means 201b.

(Medal number control board)
Next, the functions of the medal number control board 300 will be explained with reference to FIG. 5.

(1) Storage means 302a
The storage means 302a is formed in the RAM section (volatile memory) of the memory 302, and stores data on the usable number of pseudo medals owned by the player.

(2) Flag storage unit 302b
The flag storage means 302b stores an insertion completion flag which is set to on when the main board transmission/reception means 301a receives information capable of identifying that the start switch 9 has been operated and a game has started, and which is set to off when information indicating the number of inserted medals for the game after the start switch 9 has been operated ("Game Information" of "Hall Control/Fraud Monitoring Information": see Figure 13 (b-1)) is transmitted to the card unit CU, or when the time assumed to have elapsed since the information was transmitted.

(3) Main board-to-board transmitting/receiving means 301a
The main board-to-board transmitting/receiving means 301a transmits signals based on various information transmitted from the main control board 100, such as instructions for inserting pseudo medals and information regarding the number of paid out pseudo medals related to winning combinations, and the ID of the main control CPU 101. It receives game machine information including various ratios such as numbers and accessory ratios, and also transmits response signals to the main control board 100 in response to instructions for inserting pseudo medals and information regarding the number of coins to be paid out from the main control board 100. . Upon receiving a signal based on information transmitted from the main control board 100 or a signal based on information transmitted from the card unit CU, the main board-to-board transmitting/receiving means 301a is provided in the medal number control board 300 according to the type of information. Notify each function. In addition, regarding the main board-to-board transmitting/receiving means 301a, the means for receiving the signal from the main control board 100 and the receiving means for receiving the signal from the card unit CU may be separate means.

(4) Game medal number management means 301b
The game medal number management means 301b manages the usable medal number data stored in the memory means 302a, and is equipped with a borrowing processing means 301b1, a first counting processing means 301b2, a second insertion processing means 301b3, and a second payout processing means 301b4.

a) Borrowing processing means 301b1
The borrowing processing means 301b1 performs borrowing processing of pseudo medals with the card unit CU. Specifically, when the lending switch 503a of the card unit CU is operated, a signal based on number data for a predetermined number of lending cards is transmitted from the card unit CU to the slot machine SM, and this signal is sent to the inter-unit transmitting/receiving means described later. 301e. When this signal is received by the inter-unit transmitting/receiving means 301e, the borrowing processing means 301b1 rewrites the game medal number data stored in the storage means 302a with game medal number data increased by a predetermined loan number. Furthermore, when the borrowing processing means 301b1 has rewritten the data on the number of game medals increased by a predetermined number of borrowed medals, it transmits a lending reception result response signal to the card unit CU via the inter-unit transmitting/receiving means 301e.

b) First counting means 301b2
The first counting processing means 301b2 cooperates with the second counting processing means 501c of the card unit CU to perform counting processing for transferring part or all of the usable medal number data stored in the storage means 302a to the card unit CU. Specifically, when the counting switch 31 of the slot machine SM is operated, a signal based on the medal number data of a predetermined count is transmitted from the slot machine SM to the card unit CU via the inter-unit transmitting/receiving means 301e. When this signal is transmitted by the inter-unit transmitting/receiving means 301e, the first counting processing means 301b2 rewrites the medal number data stored in the storage means 302a to medal number data with the predetermined count subtracted.

In this embodiment, the predetermined counting minutes include data on the number of one pseudo medal in the case of a normal press in which the count switch 31 is pressed for less than a predetermined time, and data on the number of one pseudo medal when the count switch 31 is pressed for a predetermined time or more. In the case of , the number data is 50 pseudo medals. In addition, in the case of a long press, data on the number of 50 pseudo medals is transmitted to the card unit CU at predetermined intervals (for example, 300 ms) while the count switch 31 is being pressed. Accordingly, the first counting processing means 301b2 converts the game medal number data stored in the storage means 302a at predetermined intervals (for example, 300 ms) into game medal number data obtained by subtracting 50 pseudo medals. rewrite.

c) Second input processing means 301b3
The second insertion processing means 301b3 cooperates with the first insertion processing means 101d of the main control CPU 101 to set the number of bets by inserting pseudo medals and to establish predetermined conditions for starting a game.

When the bet switch 7 is operated, a signal based on information that can identify this fact is sent by the medal management transmission/reception means 101n to the medal count control board 300. When the main board transmission/reception means 301a receives a signal based on this information, the second insertion processing means 301b3 rewrites the number of game medals stored in the storage means 302a to game medal count data that is reduced by the number of medals (1 medal) according to the number of bets, and sends a signal based on information that can identify this fact to the main control board 100 via the main board transmission/reception means 301a.

When the maximum bet switch 8 is operated, a signal based on information that can identify the fact is transmitted to the medal count control board 300 by the medal management transmission/reception means 101n. When the main board transmission/reception means 301a receives a signal based on the information, the second insertion processing means 301b3 rewrites the game medal count data stored in the storage means 302a to game medal count data that has been subtracted by the number of medals (3 medals) corresponding to the number of bets, and transmits a signal based on information that can identify the fact to the main control board 100 via the main board transmission/reception means 301a. However, in this embodiment, even when three pseudo medals are inserted, the exchange between the first insertion processing means 101d and the second insertion processing means 301b3 is performed one medal at a time. In other words, by repeating the exchange between the first insertion processing means 101d and the second insertion processing means 301b3 three times when the bet switch 7 is operated, the game medal count data stored in the storage means 302a is rewritten to game medal count data that has been subtracted by the number of medals (3 medals) corresponding to the number of bets. The flow of the input process will be explained later.

d) Second payout processing means 301b4
The second payout processing means 301b4 cooperates with the first payout processing means 101h of the main control CPU 101 when the judgment result of the judgment means 101g is one of the winning modes of the combination in which pseudo medals are paid out. A profit is given to the player by paying out pseudo medals according to the winning combination.

If the judgment result of the judgment means 101g is a display mode that involves the payout of pseudo medals (a winning mode of a role with a payout such as a small role), the first payout processing means 101h prompts the player to display the pseudo medals that will be paid out. A signal based on the number data for the number of paid out medals is transmitted to the medal number control board 300 by the medal management transmitting/receiving means 101n. When the main board-to-board transmitting/receiving means 301a receives a signal based on the information, the second payout processing means 301b4 rewrites the game medal number data stored in the storage means 302a to game medal number data increased by the payout number. , and transmits a signal to the main control board 100 based on information that can specify that fact. However, in this embodiment, even if the number of pseudo medals paid out for a winning role is two or more, the payout process is performed one by one between the first payout processing means 101h and the second payout processing means 301b4. . On the other hand, the second payout processing means 301b4 does not rewrite the game medal number data stored in the storage means 302a even if a re-game combination is won. The flow of the pseudo medal payout/input process carried out by the first payout processing means 101h and the second payout processing means 301b4 will be described later.

(5) Game medal number display control means 301c
The game medal number display control means 301c controls the game medal number display 26 to display the number of pseudo medals indicated by the game medal number data based on the game medal number data stored in the storage means 302a. , controls the game medal number display 26.

(7) Inter-unit transmission/reception means 301e
The inter-unit transmitting/receiving means 301e is based on information regarding the number of inserted and paid out pseudo medals, information regarding errors occurring in the slot machine SM, information regarding various ratios displayed on the winning ratio monitor 47, and the operation of the counting switch 31. Various information such as information that can identify the number of cards counted and information specific to the slot machine SM is sent to the card unit CU, and the number of cards to be lent is sent from the card unit CU based on the operation of the lending switch 503a. This is to receive information that can specify the number of sheets.

(8) VL supply determination means 301f
The slot machine SM is supplied with a voltage VL from the card unit CU via a connector. If the card unit CU is not powered on or if the slot machine SM and the card unit CU are not properly connected, the voltage VL supplied from the card unit CU will be cut off. The VL supply determination means 301f determines whether or not the voltage VL is being supplied from the card unit CU by detecting the voltage of the wiring line to which the voltage VL is supplied from the card unit CU in the medal count control board 300. Note that pin numbers 8 and 9 in FIG. 6, which can detect whether or not power is being supplied to the card unit CU, correspond to the "power supply detection unit" of the present invention.

(9) Transmission item control means 301g
The information transmitted to the card unit CU by the unit-to-unit transmitting/receiving means 301e includes gaming machine information, counting information, and information regarding the loan receipt result response. The transmission item control means 301g controls the transmission contents or transmission items of these pieces of information, and each piece of information and its transmission will be described later.

Communication between the above-mentioned medal number control CPU 301 of the slot machine SM and the unit CPU 501 of the card unit CU is carried out by serial communication, and communication between the above-described main control CPU 101 of the slot machine SM and the medal number control CPU 301 of the slot machine SM is carried out in parallel. It is carried out by communication. Note that communication between the medal number control CPU 301 of the slot machine SM and the unit CPU 501 of the card unit CU is not limited to serial communication, and communication between the main control CPU 101 of the slot machine SM and the medal number control CPU 301 of the slot machine SM Communication is not limited to parallel communication.

The messages used for communication between the slot machine SM and the card unit CU will be described below with reference to FIGS. 7 to 16.

(Format of message and each item)
First, the format of the message used for communication between the slot machine SM and the card unit CU and each item of the message format will be explained using FIGS. 7(a) and 7(b).

As shown in FIG. 7(a), the message used for communication between the slot machine SM and the card unit CU consists of five items: ``Message length'', ``Command'', ``Serial number'', ``Data part'', and ``Checksum''. ”, and the data format of each item is HEX (hexadecimal), as shown in FIG. 7(b).

The item “telegram length” stores the length of the message from the items “telegram length” to “checksum”, as shown in FIG. 7(b).

As shown in FIG. 7(b), the item "command" is assigned to the corresponding message (the messages "gaming machine information notification", "count notification", "rental notification", and "rental receipt result response" in FIG. 8). Stores the command code.

As shown in FIG. 7(b), the "serial number" item stores the sequence number assigned to the message (messages "game machine information notification", "counting notification", "loan notification", and "loan receipt result response" in FIG. 8), and in this embodiment stores a value between "0x00" and "0xFF" (hexadecimal notation: "0" to "255" in decimal notation).

The item "data section" stores the data of the message, as shown in FIG. 7(b).

As shown in Figure 7 (b), the "checksum" item adds up the data from the "message length" item through the "data section" item, and stores the lowest 1 byte of the total. The data in the "checksum" item is used by the device that receives the message to check whether the message has been corrupted due to an error during communication, etc.

(Type of message)
Next, the types of messages used for communication between the slot machine SM and the card unit CU will be explained using FIG. 8.

There are four types of messages used for communication between the slot machine SM and the card unit CU: "Game Machine Information Notification," "Counting Notification," "Loan Notification," and "Loan Receipt Result Response."

The message "gaming machine information notification" is used to notify "gaming machine information" from the slot machine SM to the card unit CU, and is assigned a dedicated command code to be stored in the item "command". The message "Count notification" is used to notify "Count information (number of medals counted)" from the slot machine SM to the card unit CU, and is assigned a dedicated command code to be stored in the item "Command". The message "Rent Notification" is used to notify "Rent information (number of loaned medals)" from the card unit CU to the slot machine SM, and is assigned a dedicated command code to be stored in the item "Command". The message "Rental receipt result response" is a response from the slot machine SM to the card unit CU in response to the message "Rental notification", and is assigned a dedicated command code to be stored in the item "Command". In this embodiment, it is assumed that the only message that is allowed to be sent from the card unit CU to the slot machine SM is the message "Lending Notification."

Below, we will explain each of the messages "Game Machine Information Notification," "Counting Notification," "Lending Notification," and "Lending Receipt Result Response" in order.

(Telegram: "Amusement Machine Information Notification")
First, the details of the message "Gaming Machine Information Notification" will be described with reference to Figs.

As shown in FIG. 9, the message "Game Machine Information Notification" includes the items "Message Length," "Command," "Serial Number," "Game Machine Type," "Game Machine Information Type," "Game Machine Information," and "Checksum." However, the item "Message Length" corresponds to the item "Message Length" in FIG. 7, the item "Command" corresponds to the item "Command" in FIG. 7, the item "Serial Number" corresponds to the item "Serial Number" in FIG. 7, the items "Game Machine Type," "Game Machine Information Type," and "Game Machine Information" correspond to the item "Data Section" in FIG. 7, and the item "Checksum" corresponds to the item "Checksum" in FIG. 7.

The "Message Length" field stores the length of the message from the "Message Length" field to the "Checksum" field.

The item "command" stores a dedicated command code for the message "gaming machine information notification".

The item "serial number" stores a sequence number, and in this embodiment, stores values from "0x00" to "0xFF" (hexadecimal notation: "0" to "255" in decimal notation). Specifically, when the power is turned on, a message "gaming machine information notification" is sent in which "0x00" (hexadecimal notation: "0" in decimal notation) is stored in the item "serial number". Thereafter, each time the message "gaming machine information notification" is transmitted, a message "gaming machine information notification" containing a value obtained by adding "+1" (in decimal notation) to the item "serial number" is transmitted. However, the item "serial number" contains "0xFF" (hexadecimal notation: "255" in decimal notation) followed by "+2" (decimal notation) "0x01" (hexadecimal notation: decimal notation) In this case, "1") is stored.

The item "Machine type" stores the machine type code that indicates the type of machine assigned to each machine, such as pachinko machines, reel-type machines such as slot machines (SM), arrange ball machines, and jan-ball machines.

The item "Gaming machine information type" stores a gaming machine information type code indicating the type of gaming machine information. In this embodiment, three types of "gaming machine information" are prepared: "gaming machine performance information", "gaming machine installation information", and "hall control/fraud monitoring information", which will be described later. As gaming machine information type codes, "0x00" (hexadecimal notation) is assigned to "gaming machine performance information", "0x01" (hexadecimal notation) is assigned to "gaming machine installation information", and "0x02" (hexadecimal notation) is assigned to "hall control/fraud monitoring information".

When "0x00" (hexadecimal notation) is stored in the "Game Machine Information Type" item, the "Game Machine Information" item stores "Game Machine Performance Information" such as the total number of inserted coins, the total number of paid out coins, and MY (the maximum difference in the number of pseudo medals in a certain period (e.g., since the power was turned on)). Also, when "0x01" (hexadecimal notation) is stored in the "Game Machine Information" item, the "Game Machine Information" item stores "Game Machine Installation Information" such as the manufacturer code, product code, and chip ID number of the main control/medal count control. Also, when "0x02" (hexadecimal notation) is stored in the "Game Machine Information" item, the "Game Machine Information" item stores "Hall Control/Fraud Monitoring Information" such as IN, OUT, BB, RB, AT, door open signal, and security signal.

The item "checksum" adds the data from the items "telegram length" to "gaming machine information" and stores the lower 1 byte of the total. The data in the item "Checksum" is used by the device receiving the message to check whether the message has been corrupted due to an error during communication, etc.

Below, we will explain the "Gaming Machine Performance Information," "Gaming Machine Installation Information," and "Hall Control/Fraud Monitoring Information" stored in the "Gaming Machine Information" section.

(Gaming machine performance information)
First, the "gaming machine performance information" will be described with reference to Fig. 10. The "gaming machine performance information" includes information displayed on the winning combination monitor 47 and related information, and is transmitted from the card unit CU to the management computer, and then from the management computer to the center. The "gaming machine performance information" is used to check whether the slot machine SM is performing better than the performance required to pass the screening, whether the player is cheating, etc.

"Gaming machine performance information" includes the items "Total number of inserts", "Total number of payouts", "MY", "Number of device payouts", "Number of consecutive device payouts", "Device ratio", "Continuous device ratio", "Advantageous zone ratio", "Device ratio with instructions", "Device status ratio", "Reserve", and "Reservation".

The "Total Inserts" item stores the cumulative number of inserts since the power was turned on, not including replays. The "Total Payouts" item stores the cumulative number of payouts since the power was turned on, not including replays. The "MY" item stores the maximum MY (the maximum difference in the number of pseudo medals) calculated after the power was turned on. Explanations of the other items will be omitted.

(Game machine installation information)
Next, "gaming machine installation information" will be explained with reference to FIG. 11. "Game machine installation information" includes information related to the main control chip (main control CPU 101) and medal number control chip (medal number control CPU 301), and is sent from the card unit CU to the management computer, and from the management computer to the center. It is information. The "gaming machine installation information" is used to check whether the main control CPU 101 and the medal number control CPU 301 provided in the slot machine SM are legitimate.

"Game machine installation information" includes the following items: "Main control chip ID number", "Main control chip manufacturer code", "Main control chip product code", "Medal number control chip ID number", "Medal number control chip manufacturer code" , including the "medal number control chip product code".

The items "main control chip ID number", "main control chip manufacturer code", and "main control chip product code" store the ID number, manufacturer code, and product code of the main control chip (main control CPU 101). In addition, the items "Medal number control chip ID number", "Medal number control chip maker code", and "Medal number control chip product code" are the ID number, manufacturer code, and product code of the medal number control chip (medal number control CPU 301). Store. However, if the medal number control chip (medal number control CPU 301) is not installed, the items "Medal number control chip ID number", "Medal number control chip maker code", and "Medal number control chip product code" are "0x00" (hexadecimal notation) is stored.

(Hall control and fraud monitoring information)
Finally, the "hall control/fraud monitoring information" will be described with reference to Fig. 12. The "hall control/fraud monitoring information" includes "gaming machine information (hall control/fraud monitoring information)" and "game information", and is information transmitted from the card unit CU to the hall computer.

"Game machine information (hole control/fraud monitoring information)" includes the following items: "Number of game medals", "Number of inserted medals", "Number of paid out medals", "Main control status 1", ..., "Game machine error status" ”, “gaming machine fraud 1 (main control)”, . . . , “gaming machine fraud 2 (main control or medal number control)”, . Please note that the data for the items ``Number of medals inserted'' and ``Number of medals paid out'' will not be treated as signals for the hall computer, and data for other items will be treated as signals for the hall computer, but this is not the only option. It's not something you can do.

The item "Number of game medals" stores the current number of game medals displayed on the number of game medals display 26, and in this embodiment, "0x000000" to "0xFF3F00" (hexadecimal notation: In decimal notation, Stores values from “0” to “16383”). In this embodiment, the gaming machine is designed to be able to manage the number of gaming medals within the range of "0x000000" to "0xFF3F00" (hexadecimal notation: "0" to "16383" in decimal notation).

The item "Number of inserted medals" indicates that the message "gaming machine information notification" is sent at a predetermined periodic transmission timing, and the message "gaming machine information notification" that stores continuous "hole con/fraud monitoring information" is sent. The number of pseudo medals inserted between the transmission timings is stored, and in this embodiment, the value is "0xFD" to "0x03" (hexadecimal notation: "-3" to "+3" in decimal notation). is stored, and the upper 1 bit of the 8 bits is used as a sign (+/-) bit. The "number of inserted pseudo medals" here is the number of inserted pseudo medals when medals are inserted based on the pressing operation of the bet switch (bet switch 7 or maximum bet switch 8 in this embodiment). If there is a return of pseudo medals based on the pressing operation of the settlement switch (in this embodiment, the settlement switch 33), this is the number of returned pseudo medals, and is obtained by subtracting the number of returned pseudo medals.

The item ``Number of medals paid out'' indicates that the message ``gaming machine information notification'' is sent at a predetermined periodic transmission timing, and the message ``gaming machine information notification'' that stores continuous ``hole con/fraud monitoring information'' is sent. The number of pseudo medals paid out during the transmission timing is stored, and in this embodiment, the number is "0x00" to "0x15" (hexadecimal notation: "0" to "15" in decimal notation). Store the value. The "number of pseudo medals paid out" here is the number of pseudo medals paid out when the player wins a winning combination to win pseudo medals, and is obtained by adding up.

Note that descriptions of other items will be omitted.

"Game Information" includes the items "Game Information Number", "Type Information 1", "Count Information 1", "Type Information 2", and "Count Information 2". Note that the data in the items "Game Information Number", "Type Information 1", "Count Information 1", "Type Information 2", and "Count Information 2" are treated as signals for the hall computer.

The item "Number of game information" stores the number (n) of pairs of type information and count information, and in this embodiment, n = "0x00" to "0x02" (hexadecimal notation: "0x02" in decimal notation). ” to “2”) are stored. In addition, if the item "Number of game information" is "0", the items "Type information 1", "Count information 1", "Type information 2", "Count information 2" are not included, and if it is "1" includes the items "type information 1" and "count information 1", and in the case of "2" includes the items "type information 1", "count information 1", "type information 2", and "count information 2" .

The item "type information 1" stores either input or payout. In addition, the item "Count information 1" indicates the number of inserted pseudo medals in the game if the item "Type information 1" is "Insertion", and the number of pseudo medals in the game if the item "Type information 1" indicates "Payout". Stores the number of pseudo medals paid out. The "number of pseudo medals inserted in the game" here differs from the "number of inserted medals" in FIG. 12, and is the number of pseudo medals inserted when the start switch (start switch 9 in this embodiment) is operated. (the number of pseudo medals used (consumed) in one game), and is set and sent as a message "gaming machine information notification" that stores the first "hole con/fraud monitoring information" after operating the start switch 9. be done. In this embodiment, the "number of pseudo medals inserted in the game" is "0x01" to "0x11" (hexadecimal notation: "1" to "3" in decimal notation). In addition, the "number of pseudo medals paid out in the game" here differs from the "number of medals paid out" in FIG. This is the predetermined number of pseudo medals, and is set and transmitted as a telegram "gaming machine information notification" that stores the first "hole con/fraud monitoring information" after the number of pseudo medals to be paid out is determined.

The item “type information 2” stores either input or payout. In addition, the item "Count information 2" indicates the number of inserted pseudo medals in the game if the item "Type information 2" is "Insertion", and the number of pseudo medals in the game if the item "Type information 2" indicates "Payout". Stores the number of pseudo medals paid out. The "number of pseudo medals inserted in the game" here differs from the "number of inserted medals" in FIG. 12, and is the number of pseudo medals inserted when the start switch (start switch 9 in this embodiment) is operated. (the number of pseudo medals used (consumed) in one game), and is set and sent as a message "gaming machine information notification" that stores the first "hole con/fraud monitoring information" after operating the start switch 9. be done. In this embodiment, the "number of pseudo medals inserted in the game" is "0x01" to "0x11" (hexadecimal notation: "1" to "3" in decimal notation). In addition, the "number of pseudo medals paid out in the game" here differs from the "number of medals paid out" in FIG. This is the predetermined number of pseudo medals, and is set and transmitted as a telegram "gaming machine information notification" that stores the first "hole con/fraud monitoring information" after the number of pseudo medals to be paid out is determined.

Here, the items "Type information 1," "Count information 1," "Type information 2," and "Count information 2" in FIG. 12 will be explained in detail with reference to FIG. 13. Note that since the pair of "Type information 1" and "Count information 1" and the pair of "Type information 2" and "Count information 2" have the same content, they will be explained together as a pair of "Type information" and "Count information."

As shown in FIG. 13(a), the 2-byte "game information" includes 1-byte "type information" and 1-byte "count information".

The 1-byte "type information" indicates whether the "game information" is related to an input or output in one game, and includes a "data type" and a "data number" as shown in FIG. 13(b), with bits 4 to 7 (high-order bits) assigned to the "data type" and bits 0 to 3 (low-order bits) assigned to the "data number."

As shown in FIG. 13(b-1), bits 4 to 7 assigned to "data type" are set to "1 (0001)" ("Number of Inserts (IN)") if the "Game Information" is a notification related to insertion (notification of the number of inserts for the game), and are set to "2 (0010)" ("Number of Payouts (OUT)") if the "Game Information" is a notification related to payout (notification of the number of payouts for the game).

As shown in FIG. 13(b-2), when the value of bits 4 to 7 assigned to "data type" is "1 (0001)" (number of coins inserted (IN)), the values of bits 0 to 3 assigned to "data number" are fixed to "1 (0001)" and "0 (0000)", "2 (0010)" to "15 (1111)" are unused. Also, when the value of bits 4 to 7 assigned to "data type" is "2 (0010)" (number of coins paid out (OUT)), the values of bits 0 to 3 are fixed to "1 (0001)" and "0 (0000)", "2 (0010)" to "15 (1111)" are unused.

The following combinations are unused: Bits 4 to 7 have a value of "0 (0000)" and Bits 0 to 3 have values of "0 (0000)" to "15 (1111)", and Bits 4 to 7 have values of "3 (0011)" to "15 (1111)" and Bits 0 to 3 have values of "0 (0000)" to "15 (1111)".

If the "game information" is related to inputs in one game, the 1-byte "count information" is the number of inputs in the game (the number of inputs when the start switch 9 is operated, If the "gaming information" is related to payouts in one game, the number of payouts for the game (notification after the number of pseudo medals to be paid out is determined) is stored.

Specifically, when the "data type" is "1 (0001)" (number of medals inserted (IN)), as shown in FIG. 13(c-1), in Bits 0 to 7 of the "count information", the values of Bits 4 to 7 are fixed to "0 (0000)" (unused), and the values of Bits 0 to 3 are set to the number of medals inserted in the game ("1 (0001)" to "3 (0011)") (number of medals inserted). The "number of medals inserted in the game" here is the number of pseudo medals used (consumed) in one game. Note that in this embodiment, the settable allowable number of medals inserted that can be generally assumed (defined by rules, etc.) for the slot machine SM and other slot machines and that is allowed to be set as the number of medals used in one game is 1 to 3 medals.

In addition, when the "data type" is "2 (0010)" (number of payouts (OUT)), as shown in Figure 13 (c-2), the values of Bits 4 to 7 of the "count information" are is fixed at "0 (0000)" (unused), and the values of Bits 0 to 3 are set to the number of payouts ("1 (0001)" to "15 (1111)") of the game (number of payouts). Here, the "number of payouts for the game" is the number of pseudo medals predetermined for the winning combination when the player wins a winning combination of pseudo medals. In this embodiment, the number of medals to be paid out in one game, which can be generally assumed (defined by rules, etc.) in slot machine SM and other slot machines, is 1 to 1. There are 15 pieces. Note that the "number of payouts" stored in the "gaming information" of the "hole con/fraud monitoring information" shown in FIG. This corresponds to "information that allows identification of the amount of gaming value provided."

In the [game information] explained using FIGS. 13(a) to (c-2), if the number of coins inserted in the game is 3, as shown in FIG. 13(d-1), the "type information" The value of "Data type" (Bit 4 to 7) is set to "1 (0001)" indicating that the "game information" is a notification related to input (notification of the number of inputs for the game), and "Type information The value of "Data number" (Bit 0 to 3) of "" is set to "1 (0001)" (fixed), and the value of "Unused" (Bit 4 to 7) of "Count information" is "0 (0000)". (fixed), and the value of the "number of inputs" of the "count information" is set to the number of inputs for the game, "3 (0011)".

When the payout number for the game is 10, as shown in FIG. 13 (d-2), the value of "Data Type" (Bits 4-7) of "Type Information" is set to "2 (0010)" indicating that the "Game Information" is a notification related to a payout (notification of the payout number for the game), the value of "Data Number" (Bits 0-3) of "Type Information" is set to "1 (0001)" (fixed), the value of "Unused" (Bits 4-7) of "Count Information" is set to "0 (0000)" (fixed), and the value of "Payout Number" of "Count Information" is set to the payout number for the game, "10 (1010)."

(Telegram "Counting Notification")
Next, details of the message "count notification" will be explained using FIG. 14.

The message "count notification" includes the items "telegram length", "command", "counting serial number", "number of medals counted", "accumulated number of medals counted", and "checksum". However, the item "Message length" corresponds to the item "Message length" in Figure 7, the item "Command" corresponds to the item "Command" in Figure 7, and the item "Counting serial number" corresponds to the item "Serial number" in Figure 7. Correspondingly, the items "Number of medals counted" and "Number of cumulative medals counted" correspond to the item "Data section" in FIG. 7, and the item "Checksum" corresponds to the item "Checksum" in FIG.

The "Message Length" field stores the length of the message from the "Message Length" field to the "Checksum" field.

The "Command" item stores the command code specific to the "Counting Notification" message.

The item "counting sequence number" stores a sequence number, and in this embodiment, stores values from "0x00" to "0xFF" (hexadecimal notation: "0" to "255" in decimal notation). Specifically, when the power is turned on, a message "Count Notification" is sent in which "0x00" (hexadecimal notation: "0" in decimal notation) is stored in the item "Counting Serial Number". Thereafter, each time a message "Counting Notification" is sent, a message "Counting Notification" containing a value obtained by adding "+1" (in decimal notation) to the item "Counting Serial Number" is transmitted. However, the item "Counting serial number" contains "0xFF" (hexadecimal notation: "255" in decimal notation) followed by "+2" (decimal notation) "0x01" (hexadecimal notation: decimal notation). In notation, "1") is stored.

The item "Counted medal count" stores the number of medals to be counted (the number of medals moving from the slot machine SM to the card unit CU: described as "Counted medal count"). In this embodiment, the counted medal count is a value between "0x00" and "0x32" (hexadecimal notation: "0" to "50" in decimal notation).

The item "Cumulative number of medals counted" stores the cumulative value of the number of medals counted since the power was turned on (described as "Cumulative number of medals counted"), including the number of medals counted by the current message "Count notification". The cumulative number of medals is cleared to "0" when the power is turned off. In this embodiment, values from "0x0000" to "0xFFFF" (hexadecimal notation: "0" to "65535" in decimal notation) are stored as the cumulative number of medals. Specifically, when the power is turned on, "0x00 (hexadecimal notation: 0 in decimal notation)" is stored in the item "accumulated medal count". Thereafter, the value of the item "Number of medals counted" of the message "Count notification" is added to the item "Number of cumulative medals counted" each time the message "Count notification" is sent. However, addition is performed so that the next value after "0xFFFF" (hexadecimal notation: "65535" in decimal notation) becomes "0x0000" (hexadecimal notation: "0" in decimal notation).

The "checksum" item adds up the data from the "message length" item through the "cumulative medal count" item, and stores the lowest byte of the total. The data in the "checksum" item is used by the device that received the message to check whether the message was corrupted due to an error during communication, etc.

(Telegram "Loan Notice")
Next, the details of the electronic message "loan notice" will be described with reference to FIG.

The message "Rental Notification" includes the items "Telegram Length", "Command", "Rental Serial Number", "Number of Loaned Medals", and "Checksum". However, the item "Message length" corresponds to the item "Message length" in Figure 7, the item "Command" corresponds to the item "Command" in Figure 7, and the item "Rent serial number" corresponds to the item "Serial number" in Figure 7. Correspondingly, the item "number of loaned medals" corresponds to the item "data section" in FIG. 7, and the item "checksum" corresponds to the item "checksum" in FIG.

The "Message Length" field stores the length of the message from the "Message Length" field to the "Checksum" field.

The "Command" item stores the dedicated command code for the "Loan Notification" message.

The item "Rent Serial Number" stores a sequence number, and in this embodiment, stores values from "0x00" to "0xFF" (hexadecimal notation: "0" to "255" in decimal notation). In detail, when the card unit CU starts communication with the slot machine SM, it sends a telegram "Rent Notification" containing "0x00" (hexadecimal notation: "0" in decimal notation) in the item "Rent Serial Number". be done. After that, a telegram "Rental Notification" is sent in which the value of the item "Rental Serial Number" of the most recently received telegram "Rental Receipt Result Response" is set to "+1" (in decimal notation) in the item "Rental Serial Number". . However, the item "Rent Serial Number" contains "0xFF" (hexadecimal notation: "255" in decimal notation) followed by "+2" (decimal notation) to "0x01" (hexadecimal notation: decimal notation). In notation, "1") is stored.

The item "Number of medals lent out" stores the number of medals to be lent out (number of medals transferred from the card unit CU to the slot machine SM: written as "Number of medals lent out"). In this embodiment, values from "0x00" to "0x32" (hexadecimal notation: "0" to "50" in decimal notation) are stored as the number of lending medals. However, if the condition is inappropriate for lending or if the condition should be prioritized over lending, for example, (1) if the message "gaming machine information notification" has not been received, (2) ) If a gaming machine information type code other than "0x02" (hole console/fraud monitoring information) is stored in the item "gaming machine information type" in the message "gaming machine information notification", (3 ) If a value of 1 (in decimal notation) or more is stored in the item "Number of medals counted" in the message "Count notification", if any of The number "0" is set. In addition, if none of the above (1) to (3) apply, it is possible to set the number of loaned medals to "1" or more in the item "Number of loaned medals", and even in this case, the item "Number of loaned medals" The number of loaned medals "0" may be set to "Number of medals".

The "checksum" item adds up the data from the "message length" item through the "number of medals loaned" item, and stores the lowest byte of the total. The data in the "checksum" item is used by the device that received the message to check whether the message was corrupted due to an error during communication, etc.

(Message: "Loan acceptance result response")
Finally, the details of the message "loan acceptance result response" will be described with reference to FIG.

The message "Lending Receipt Result Response" contains the items "Message Length", "Command", "Lending Serial Number", "Lending Medal Count Receipt Result", and "Checksum". However, the item "Message Length" corresponds to the item "Message Length" in Figure 7, the item "Command" corresponds to the item "Command" in Figure 7, the item "Lending Serial Number" corresponds to the item "Serial Number" in Figure 7, the item "Lending Medal Count Receipt Result" corresponds to the item "Data Section" in Figure 7, and the item "Checksum" corresponds to the item "Checksum" in Figure 7.

The item "Message length" stores the length of the message from the items "Message length" to "Checksum".

The "Command" item stores the dedicated command code for the "Loan Receipt Result Response" message.

The "loan serial number" item stores a sequence number, and in this embodiment, it stores a value between "0x00" and "0xFF" (hexadecimal notation: "0" to "255" in decimal notation). In detail, when the power is turned on, the value of the "loan serial number" item is cleared to "0x00" (hexadecimal notation: "0" in decimal notation). When "0x00" (hexadecimal notation) (normal) is stored in the "loan medal count receipt result" item of the "loan receipt result response" telegram, the "loan receipt result response" telegram is sent with the value of the "loan serial number" item set to the value of the "loan serial number" item of the most recently received "loan notification" telegram. On the other hand, when "0x01" (hexadecimal notation) (abnormal) is stored in the "Lend Medal Count Receipt Result" item of the "Lend Receipt Result Response" message, the "Lend Receipt Result Response" message will be sent with the value of its "Lend Serial Number" item set to the value of the "Lend Serial Number" item of the "Lend Notification" message corresponding to the "Lend Receipt Result Response" message that most recently stored "0x00 (hexadecimal notation)" (normal) in the "Lend Medal Count Receipt Result" item.

The item “receipt result of number of loaned medals” stores the result of receipt of number of loaned medals. In this embodiment, the item "reception result of number of loaned medals" stores "0x00" (hexadecimal notation) (normal) when the result of receiving the number of loaned medals is normal, and stores "0x00" (normal) when the result of receiving the number of loaned medals is abnormal. 0x01" (hexadecimal notation) (abnormal) is stored. "0x01" (hexadecimal notation) (abnormal) is stored in the item "Receipt result of number of loaned medals" if (1) the values in the item "Rent serial number" of the message "Rent notification" are not consecutive; (2) A state in which the slot machine SM cannot receive lending from the card unit CU; (3) the number of game medals (current number of player medals managed on the slot machine SM side: the number of game medals display 26); The result of adding the number of loaned medals stored in the item "Number of loaned medals" in the message "Rental notification" to the current number of game medals displayed is "0xFF3F00" (hexadecimal notation: In decimal notation, 16383''), or in any of the following cases, storing ``0x00 (hexadecimal notation)'' (normal) in the item ``Result of receipt of number of loaned medals'' is based on (1) to (3). This is a case where it is neither of these cases.

The "checksum" item adds up the data from the "message length" item through the "number of loaned medals received" item, and stores the lowest byte of the total. The data in the "checksum" item is used by the device that received the message to check whether the message was corrupted due to an error during communication, etc.

(Communication sequence between slot machine SM and card unit CU)
The following describes a communication sequence between the slot machine SM and the card unit CU using the messages "Game Machine Information Notification,""CountingNotification,""LendingNotification," and "Lending Receipt Result Response."

(Basic communication sequence)
First, a basic communication sequence using messages "game machine information notification", "counting notification", "loan notification", and "loan receipt result response" between the slot machine SM and the card unit CU will be described with reference to Fig. 17. In Fig. 17, communication between the medal count control CPU 301 and the unit CPU 501 is realized by the function of the inter-unit transmission/reception means 301e of the medal count control CPU 301 and the function of the transmission/reception means 501e of the unit CPU 501.

The medal count control CPU 301 of the slot machine SM transmits a message "Gaming Machine Information Notification" ("serial number = n") to the unit CPU 501 of the card unit CU, and the unit CPU 501 receives the message "Gaming Machine Information Notification" ("serial number = n") (step S101). After transmitting the message "Gaming Machine Information Notification" ("serial number = n"), the medal count control CPU 301 transmits a message "Counting Notification" ("Counting Serial Number = m") to the unit CPU 501 at a timing in the range of 90 ms to 100 ms (hereinafter referred to as the "second transmission timing"), and the unit CPU 501 receives the message "Counting Notification" ("Counting Serial Number = m") (step S102). The unit CPU 501 transmits the message "loan notification" ("loan serial number = k") to the medal count control CPU 301 at a timing of 170 ms or less (hereinafter referred to as the "third transmission timing") after receiving the message "counting notification" ("counting serial number = m"), and the medal count control CPU 301 receives the message "loan notification" ("loan serial number = k") (step S103). The medal count control CPU 301 transmits the message "loan receipt result response" ("loan serial number = k") to the unit CPU 501 at a timing of 10 ms or less (hereinafter referred to as the "fourth transmission timing") after receiving the message "loan notification" ("loan serial number = k"), and the unit CPU 501 receives the message "loan receipt result response" ("loan serial number = k") (step S104).

The medal number control CPU 301 of the slot machine SM transmits the message at a timing within the range of 300 ms to 310 ms (hereinafter referred to as "first transmission timing") after transmitting the telegram "gaming machine information notification" ("serial number = n"). , sends a message “gaming machine information notification” (“serial number = n+1”) to the unit CPU 501 of the card unit CU, and the unit CPU 501 receives the message “gaming machine information notification” (“serial number = n+1”) (Step S105). It should be noted that it takes 20 ms or more from receiving the message "Lending receipt result response" ("Renting serial number = n") to transmitting the message "Game machine information notification" ("Serial number = n+1"). The medal number control CPU 301 transmits the message "Count" to the unit CPU 501 at a timing within the range of 90 ms or more and 100 ms or less (second transmission timing) after transmitting the message "Game machine information notification" ("serial number = n"). The unit CPU 501 receives the electronic message "Count Notification" ("Count Sequence Number=m+1") (Step S106). After receiving the message "Counting notification" ("Counting serial number = m+1"), the unit CPU 501 sends a message "Lending notification" ("Rending serial number = =k+1''), and the medal number control CPU 301 receives the message ``Lending Notification'' (``Renting Serial Number=k+1'') (Step S107). After receiving the message "Lending Notification" ("Rent Serial Number = k+1"), the medal number control CPU 301 sends the message "Lending Receipt Result Response" ("Lending Receipt Result Response") to the unit CPU 501 at a timing of 10 ms or less (fourth transmission timing). The unit CPU 501 receives the message "Lending receipt result response" ("Renting serial number=k+1") (Step S108). Even after step S108, the messages "game machine information notification", "count notification", "lending notification", and "lending receipt result response" are each transmitted at the timing within the above-mentioned corresponding period.

As described above, in this embodiment, in a cycle in which the time length of one cycle is in the range of 300 ms or more and 310 ms or less, the electronic messages "gaming machine information notification", "count notification", "rental notification", " "Lending receipt result response" are sent at different timings, the first transmission timing of the message "gaming machine information notification" is the start of one cycle, and the second transmission timing of the message "counting notification" is the message "gaming machine information notification". The third transmission timing of the message "Lending Notification" is within 170ms after receiving the message "Counting Notification", and the fourth transmission timing of the message "Renting Receipt Result Response" is within the range of 90 ms or more and 100 ms or less after sending the message. It is 10ms or less after receiving the "rental notification".

Next, we will explain the basics using the electronic messages "game machine information notification", "count notification", "rental notification", and "rental receipt result response" between the slot machine SM and the card unit CU when the slot machine SM starts up first. The communication sequence will be explained with reference to FIG.

When both the slot machine SM and the card unit CU are powered OFF, the voltage V supplied from the card unit CU is OFF (0V). Furthermore, it is also impossible to determine whether the connection confirmation signal (pin number: 4 in FIG. 6) transmitted from the slot machine SM is ON or OFF (PSI=OFF in FIG. 18). Here, if the power of the slot machine SM and the power of the card unit CU are turned on at the same time, for example, activation is started separately.

In the card unit CU, the voltage VL supplied to the slot machine SM is turned OFF (0V) until the startup is completed, and the ON/OFF determination of the connection confirmation signal is not performed (PSI=OFF in FIG. 18). If the activation of the slot machine SM is completed first, a gaming machine information notification is transmitted from the slot machine SM to the card unit CU. The serial number at this time starts from "0". Subsequently, a count notification is transmitted at the communication timing described above (after 100 ms). At this time, the serial number starts from "0". However, since the activation of the card unit CU side has not been completed, these notifications cannot be received.

After that, the slot machine SM sends gaming machine information notifications and counting notifications with the serial numbers incremented by +1 at 300 ms intervals. After that, when the card unit CU has completed booting up, it turns on the voltage VL (5V) to supply voltage to the slot machine SM and starts judging whether the connection confirmation signal with the slot machine SM is on or off, and judges that the signal is on since the slot machine SM and the card unit CU are connected. It also starts receiving gaming machine information notifications and counting notifications, and also starts communicating loan notifications and loan receipt result responses. At this time, the card unit CU manages the serial numbers from when it started receiving them. For example, if the first gaming machine information notification since booting up is number n, it starts managing them from here.

Next, the basic communication sequence using the messages "Game Machine Information Notification," "Counting Notification," "Lending Notification," and "Lending Receipt Result Response" between the slot machine SM and the card unit CU when the card unit CU is started first will be described with reference to FIG. 19.

When the card unit CU is turned on while the slot machine SM is powered off, if the card unit CU is started first, the voltage V supplied from the card unit CU is OFF (0V) until the start-up is complete. Also, the connection confirmation signal (pin number: 4 in FIG. 6) sent from the slot machine SM is OFF because the judgment has not started. When the start-up of the card unit CU is completed, the voltage VL supplied from the card unit CU is ON (5V). Also, if the slot machine SM is not started but the connection between the card unit CU and the slot machine SM is normal, the connection confirmation signal (pin number: 4 in FIG. 6) is sent and judged as ON. Since the slot machine SM is still powered off, neither the "game machine information notification" nor the "counting notification" is sent, and the slot machine SM is in a communication standby state. Next, even if the slot machine SM is powered on and starts to start, the card unit CU maintains a communication standby state until the start-up is completed.

When the slot machine SM has finished booting up, the slot machine SM sends a gaming machine information notification to the card unit CU. The serial number at this time starts from "0". Next, at the above-mentioned communication timing (100 ms later), the slot machine SM sends a counting notification to the card unit CU. At this time, the serial number starts from "0". Next, the card unit CU sends a loan notification to the slot machine SM, and then the slot machine SM sends a loan receipt result response to the card unit CU. These serial numbers also start from "0", and the receiving side starts managing each piece of information ("gaming machine information notification", "counting notification", "loan notification", "loan receipt result response") from the serial number "0".

(Basic communication sequence for the message "game machine information notification")
Next, the basic communication sequence of the message "Gaming Machine Information Notification" will be described.

First, the transmission conditions and transmission priorities of the "Gaming Machine Installation Information", "Gaming Machine Performance Information", and "Hall Control/Fraud Monitoring Information" in the "Gaming Machine Information Notification" message will be described with reference to FIG. 20. The "Gaming Machine Installation Information", "Gaming Machine Performance Information", and "Hall Control/Fraud Monitoring Information" are stored and transmitted according to the respective transmission conditions and transmission priorities in the "Gaming Machine Information Notification" message, which is transmitted periodically with a time length (within the range of 300 ms to 310 ms) as one cycle.

"Game machine performance information" is a time period (within a range of 60 seconds or more and 62 seconds or less) corresponding to 200 cycles of the electronic message "gaming machine information notification" from the completion of startup of the game machine (in this embodiment, slot machine SM). After that, it is transmitted at a cycle in which one cycle has a time length (within a range of 60 seconds or more and 62 seconds or less) corresponding to 200 cycles of the message "gaming machine information notification".

The "gaming machine installation information" is transmitted for a time period equivalent to 600 cycles of the "gaming machine information notification" message (within a range of 180 s to 186 s) from the completion of startup of the gaming machine (in this embodiment, the slot machine SM), and is then transmitted at intervals in which the time length of one cycle is equal to 600 cycles of the "gaming machine information notification" message (within a range of 180 s to 186 s).

Furthermore, the "Hole Con/Fraud Monitoring Information" is sent immediately after the startup of the gaming machine (in this embodiment, the slot machine SM) is completed, and thereafter, for a period of time equivalent to one cycle of the telegram "gaming machine information notification". It is transmitted at a cycle in which the time length of one cycle is the length (within a range of 300 ms or more and 310 ms or less).

The "gaming machine performance information", "gaming machine installation information", and "hall control and fraud monitoring information" transmitted under the above transmission conditions may have overlapping transmission timings, so the transmission priorities for the "gaming machine performance information", "gaming machine installation information", and "hall control and fraud monitoring information" are pre-determined, and in this embodiment, the "gaming machine installation information", "gaming machine performance information", and "hall control and fraud monitoring information" are assigned priorities of "1" (high), "2" (medium), and "3" (low), respectively.

At each first transmission timing when transmitting the message "gaming machine information notification", those that meet the transmission conditions among "gaming machine performance information", "gaming machine installation information", and "hall console/fraud monitoring information" are selected as transmission candidates. I'll keep stocking up. Then, at each first transmission timing, among the transmission candidates that have been stocked so far, the one with the highest transmission priority is stored in the message "gaming machine information notification" and transmitted. Furthermore, the first transmission timing of the electronic message "gaming machine information notification" in which "Hole Con/Fraud Monitoring Information" is stored is the timing of the start of one cycle regarding the transmission of the next "Hole Con/Fraud Monitoring Information". The first transmission timing of the message "gaming machine information notification" in which "gaming machine performance information" is stored is the start of one cycle regarding the transmission of the next "gaming machine performance information", and the "gaming machine installation information" The first transmission timing of the electronic message "gaming machine information notification" in which the "gaming machine information notification" is stored becomes the start timing of one cycle regarding the transmission of the next "gaming machine installation information".

For example, if the timing of transmitting the "Hall Control/Fraud Monitoring Information" overlaps with the timing of transmitting other "Gaming Machine Information" ("Gaming Machine Performance Information", "Gaming Machine Installation Information") at the first transmission timing A11 for transmitting the "Gaming Machine Information Notification" message, the "Hall Control/Fraud Monitoring Information" and the other "Gaming Machine Information" are stored as transmission candidates, and at the first transmission timing A11, the other "Gaming Machine Information" that has a higher priority than the "Hall Control/Fraud Monitoring Information" is stored in the "Gaming Machine Information Notification" message and transmitted, and the first transmission timing A11 becomes the start timing of one cycle for transmitting the next other "Gaming Machine Information". At the first transmission timing A12 following the first transmission timing A11 at which the message "gaming machine information notification" is sent, "Hall control/fraud monitoring information" is stocked as a transmission candidate, and at the first transmission timing A12, the "Hall control/fraud monitoring information" that was not sent at the first transmission timing A11 because it had a low priority is stored in the message "gaming machine information notification" and sent, and the first transmission timing A12 becomes the start timing of one cycle for the transmission of the next "Hall control/fraud monitoring information".

In addition, if the timing of transmitting the "Hall Control/Fraud Monitoring Information", the timing of transmitting the "Gaming Machine Performance Information", and the timing of transmitting the "Gaming Machine Installation Information" overlap at the first transmission timing A21 at which the "Gaming Machine Information Notification" message is transmitted, the "Hall Control/Fraud Monitoring Information", the "Gaming Machine Performance Information", and the "Gaming Machine Installation Information" are stored as transmission candidates, and at the first transmission timing A21, the "Gaming Machine Installation Information", which has the highest priority, is stored in the "Gaming Machine Information Notification" message and transmitted, and the first transmission timing A21 becomes the timing for starting one cycle for transmitting the next "Gaming Machine Installation Information". At the first transmission timing A22 following the first transmission timing A21 at which the "gaming machine information notification" message is transmitted, "hall control/fraud monitoring information" and "gaming machine performance information" are stored as transmission candidates, and at the first transmission timing A22, the "gaming machine performance information" which has a higher priority among the "hall control/fraud monitoring information" and "gaming machine performance information" which were not transmitted at the first transmission timing A21 because they had a lower priority is stored in the "gaming machine information notification" message and transmitted, and the first transmission timing A22 becomes the timing for the start of one cycle for transmitting the next "gaming machine performance information". At the first transmission timing A23 following the first transmission timing A22 at which the message "gaming machine information notification" is sent, "Hall control/fraud monitoring information" is stocked as a transmission candidate, and at the first transmission timing A23, the "Hall control/fraud monitoring information" that was not sent at the first transmission timings A21 and A22 because it had a low priority is stored in the message "gaming machine information notification" and sent, and the first transmission timing A23 becomes the start timing of one cycle for the transmission of the next "Hall control/fraud monitoring information".

Next, the basic communication sequence of the message "Game Machine Information Notification" ("Game Machine Installation Information", "Game Machine Performance Information", "Hall Control/Fraud Monitoring Information") between the slot machine SM and the card unit CU under the transmission conditions and transmission priority order in FIG. 20 will be described with reference to FIG. 21. In FIG. 21, communication between the medal count control CPU 301 and the unit CPU 501 is realized by the function of the unit-to-unit transmission/reception means 301e of the medal count control CPU 301 and the function of the transmission/reception means 501e of the unit CPU 501.

When the startup of the slot machine SM is completed, among the "gaming machine installation information", "gaming machine performance information", and "hole console/fraud monitoring information", only "hole console/fraud monitoring information" satisfies the transmission conditions. , the medal number control CPU 301 of the slot machine SM transmits a telegram "gaming machine information notification" containing "hole con/fraud monitoring information" to the unit CPU 501 of the card unit CU (step S401).

The first transmission timing of each of the 199 subsequent "Gaming Machine Information Notification" messages is the time equivalent to one cycle of the "Gaming Machine Information Notification" message (in the range of 300 ms to 310 ms) from the previous transmission of the "Gaming Machine Information Notification" message containing the "Hall Control and Fraud Monitoring Information". Therefore, the transmission conditions for the "Hall Control and Fraud Monitoring Information" are met, but the "Gaming Machine Information Notification" message containing the "Hall Control and Fraud Monitoring Information" is not transmitted in step S401, which is immediately after the start-up of the slot machine SM is completed. Since the time equivalent to 200 cycles of the message "Gaming Machine Information Notification" (range of 60 s to 62 s) has not yet elapsed since the start of the slot machine SM was completed in step S401, immediately after the start of the slot machine SM was completed, the time equivalent to 600 cycles of the message "Gaming Machine Information Notification" (range of 180 s to 186 s) has not yet elapsed since the message "Gaming Machine Information Notification" containing the "Hall Control and Fraud Monitoring Information" was sent, so the transmission condition for the "Gaming Machine Installation Information" is not met. Therefore, the medal count control CPU 301 of the slot machine SM sends the message "Gaming Machine Information Notification" containing the "Hall Control and Fraud Monitoring Information" to the unit CPU 501 of the card unit CU at the first transmission timing (steps S402, ..., S403).

The first transmission timing of the next telegram "gaming machine information notification" is after transmitting the telegram "gaming machine information notification" storing "hole console/fraud monitoring information" in step S403, and then transmitting the telegram "gaming machine information notification". The time corresponding to one cycle (in the range from 300 ms to 310 ms) and at step S401 immediately after the start-up of the slot machine SM is completed, a message "gaming machine information notification" containing "hole con/fraud monitoring information" is sent. Since the time from sending the message is equivalent to 200 cycles of the message "gaming machine information notification" (range from 60 seconds to 62 seconds), the transmission conditions for "hole console/fraud monitoring information" and "gaming machine installation information" must be changed. However, immediately after the start-up of the slot machine SM is completed, in step S401, the message "gaming machine information notification" containing "hole con/fraud monitoring information" is sent, and then the message "gaming machine information notification" is sent for 600 cycles. Since the time equivalent to minutes (range of 180 seconds to 186 seconds) has not been reached, the transmission conditions for "gaming machine performance information" are not met. Therefore, at the first transmission timing, the medal number control CPU 301 of the slot machine SM sends "gaming machine installation information" which has a higher transmission priority than "hole con/fraud monitoring information" to the unit CPU 501 of the card unit CU. A message "gaming machine information notification" containing the information is transmitted (step S404).

The medal count control CPU 301 of the slot machine SM transmits the message "Game Machine Information Notification" containing the "Hall Control/Fraud Monitoring Information" that was not transmitted in step S404 due to its low priority to the unit CPU 501 of the card unit CU at the first transmission timing, which is a time equivalent to one cycle of the message "Game Machine Information Notification" (within the range of 300 ms to 310 ms) from the transmission of the "Game Machine Installation Information" in step S404 (step S405).

The first transmission timing of each of the 198 subsequent "Gaming Machine Information Notification" messages is the time equivalent to one cycle of the "Gaming Machine Information Notification" message (in the range of 300 ms to 310 ms) from the previous transmission of the "Gaming Machine Information Notification" message storing the "Hall Control and Fraud Monitoring Information", so the transmission condition for the "Hall Control and Fraud Monitoring Information" is met; however, the transmission condition for the "Gaming Machine Installation Information" is not met because the time equivalent to 200 cycles of the "Gaming Machine Information Notification" message (in the range of 60 s to 62 s) has not yet been reached since the transmission of the "Gaming Machine Information Notification" message storing the "Gaming Machine Installation Information" in step S404, and the transmission condition for the "Gaming Machine Performance Information" is not met because the time equivalent to 600 cycles of the "Gaming Machine Information Notification" message (in the range of 180 s to 186 s) has not yet been reached since the transmission of the "Gaming Machine Information Notification" message storing the "Hall Control and Fraud Monitoring Information" in step S401, which is immediately after the startup of the slot machine SM is completed. Therefore, at the first transmission timing, the medal count control CPU 301 of the slot machine SM transmits a message "Game Machine Information Notification" that contains the "Hall Control/Fraud Monitoring Information" to the unit CPU 501 of the card unit CU.

In step S406, the first transmission timing of the "Gaming Machine Information Notification" message is a time equivalent to one cycle of the "Gaming Machine Information Notification" message (in the range of 300 ms to 310 ms) from the previous transmission of the "Gaming Machine Information Notification" message storing the "Hall Control and Fraud Monitoring Information", and is also a time equivalent to 200 cycles of the "Gaming Machine Information Notification" message (in the range of 60 s to 62 s) from the previous transmission of the "Gaming Machine Information Notification" message storing the "Gaming Machine Installation Information". Therefore, the transmission conditions for the "Hall Control and Fraud Monitoring Information" and "Gaming Machine Installation Information" are met; however, the transmission conditions for the "Gaming Machine Performance Information" are not met because the time equivalent to 600 cycles of the "Gaming Machine Information Notification" message (in the range of 180 s to 186 s) has not yet been reached from the transmission of the "Gaming Machine Information Notification" message storing the "Hall Control and Fraud Monitoring Information" message in step S401, which is immediately after the startup of the slot machine SM is completed. Therefore, at the first transmission timing, the medal count control CPU 301 of the slot machine SM transmits to the unit CPU 501 a message "Game Machine Information Notification" that contains "Game Machine Installation Information," which has a higher transmission priority than "Hall Control/Fraud Monitoring Information."

In step S407, the first transmission timing of the "Gaming Machine Information Notification" message is the time equivalent to one cycle of the "Gaming Machine Information Notification" message (in the range of 300 ms to 310 ms) from the previous transmission of the "Gaming Machine Information Notification" message storing the "Hall Control and Fraud Monitoring Information", so the transmission condition for the "Hall Control and Fraud Monitoring Information" is met; however, the transmission condition for the "Gaming Machine Installation Information" is not met because the time equivalent to 200 cycles of the "Gaming Machine Information Notification" message (in the range of 60 s to 62 s) has not yet been reached since the transmission of the "Gaming Machine Information Notification" message storing the "Gaming Machine Installation Information" in step S406, and the transmission condition for the "Gaming Machine Performance Information" is not met because the time equivalent to 600 cycles of the "Gaming Machine Information Notification" message (in the range of 180 s to 186 s) has not yet been reached since the transmission of the "Gaming Machine Information Notification" message storing the "Hall Control and Fraud Monitoring Information" in step S401, which is immediately after the startup of the slot machine SM is completed. Therefore, at the first transmission timing, the medal count control CPU 301 of the slot machine SM transmits a message "Game Machine Information Notification" that contains the "Hall Control/Fraud Monitoring Information" to the unit CPU 501 of the card unit CU.

The first transmission timing of the message "gaming machine information notification" that follows the message "gaming machine information notification" transmitted in step S407 is the message "gaming machine information notification" that contains the "hole console/fraud monitoring information" in step S407. ” after sending the message “Game machine information notification” (in the range of 300 ms or more and 310 ms or less), and the message “Game machine information notification” containing the “Game machine installation information” in step S406. The time period is equivalent to 200 cycles of the electronic message "gaming machine information notification" (in the range from 60 seconds to 62 seconds) after sending the "Notification", and immediately after the startup of the slot machine SM is completed, in step S401, "Hole con/Fraud Since the time is equivalent to 600 cycles of the message "Game Machine Information Notification" (range from 180 seconds to 186 seconds) after sending the message "Game Machine Information Notification" containing "Monitoring Information", "Game Machine Installation Information" is sent. ”, “Game machine performance information”, and “Hole console/fraud monitoring information” all transmission conditions are met. Therefore, at the first transmission timing, the medal number control CPU 301 of the slot machine SM sends a message "gaming machine information notification" containing the "gaming machine installation information" having the highest priority to the unit CPU 501 of the card unit CU. ” (step S408).

The medal count control CPU 301 of the slot machine SM transmits to the unit CPU 501 of the card unit CU, at the first transmission timing corresponding to one cycle of the message "gaming machine information notification" (within the range of 300 ms to 310 ms) from the transmission of the "gaming machine installation information" in step S408, a message "gaming machine information notification" that stores the "gaming machine performance information" that has a higher transmission priority among the "gaming machine performance information" and the "hall control/fraud monitoring information" that were not transmitted in step S408 (step S409). After this, the "gaming machine performance information" is periodically transmitted by changing the reference for starting the cycle, which has a time length equivalent to 600 cycles of the message "gaming machine information notification" (within the range of 180 s to 186 s), to the first transmission timing corresponding to step S409. It is not necessary to change the reference for starting the cycle for transmitting the "gaming machine performance information".

The medal number control CPU 301 of the slot machine SM performs the first transmission for a period of time (in the range of 300 ms or more and 310 ms or less) corresponding to one cycle of the telegram "gaming machine information notification" from the transmission of the "gaming machine performance information" in step S409. At this timing, a telegram "gaming machine information notification" containing "hole con/fraud monitoring information" that was not sent in step S408 or step S409 because the transmission priority was low is sent to the unit CPU 501 of the card unit CU. (Step S410).

(One specific example of counting in a basic communication sequence)
Next, a specific example of counting between the slot machine SM and the card unit CU in the basic communication sequence between the slot machine SM and the card unit CU in Fig. 17 will be described with reference to Fig. 22. However, in the communication sequence in Fig. 22, the number of game medals stored and managed in the memory 302 by the medal number control CPU 301 on the slot machine SM side (the number of medals held by the player on the slot machine SM side managed using the game medal number data stored in the memory 302) is "200" before the counting switch 31 is pressed, and the number of medals held and managed in the memory 502 by the unit CPU 501 on the card unit CU side (the number of medals held by the player on the card unit CU side managed using the medal number data stored in the memory 502) is "20". Note that the timing of transmission of the messages "game machine information notification", "counting notification", "loan notification", and "loan receipt result response" has been described in detail with reference to Fig. 17, so the description of Fig. 22 will be omitted. In FIG. 22, communication between the medal count control CPU 301 and the unit CPU 501 is realized by the function of the inter-unit transmission/reception means 301 e of the medal count control CPU 301 and the function of the transmission/reception means 501 e of the unit CPU 501.

The medal number control CPU 301 on the slot machine SM side detects the depression operation of the counting switch 31 (step S501). It is assumed that the pressing operation of the counting switch 31 is a long press (for example, a continuous press for more than 1 second) exceeding a predetermined time (for example, 1 s).

In this embodiment, the counted medal number notified in the "counting notification" message is set to an upper limit of "50". The upper limit of the counted medal number is described as the "upper medal count limit". In the case of a long press, the counted medal number notified in the "counting notification" message is set to "50" based on the number of game medals if the number of game medals stored and managed in memory 302 by medal count control CPU 301 is equal to or greater than the upper medal count limit of "50", is set to "the number of game medals stored and managed in memory 302 by medal count control CPU 301" based on the number of game medals if the number of game medals is "1" or greater and less than the upper medal count limit of "50", and is set to "0" based on the number of game medals if the number of game medals is "0". In addition, in the case of a short press (e.g., continuous press for 1 second or less) that does not exceed a predetermined time (e.g., 1 second), the counted medal count notified in the "Counting Notification" message is set to "1" based on the game medal count stored and managed in memory 302 by medal count control CPU 301 if the game medal count is "1" or greater, and is set to "0" based on the game medal count if the game medal count is "0."

The medal number control CPU 301 of the slot machine SM transmits a message "gaming machine information notification" ("serial number = n", "number of gaming medals = 200") to the unit CPU 501 of the card unit CU, and the unit CPU 501 A message "gaming machine information notification" ("serial number = n", "number of gaming medals = 200") is received (step S502).

After transmitting the electronic message "gaming machine information notification" ("serial number = n", "number of game medals = 200"), the medal number control CPU 301 of the slot machine SM uses the first counting processing means 301b2 to store the number of medals in the memory by the medal number control CPU 301. The number of counted medals is determined to be the upper limit number of counted medals "50" based on the number of game medals "200" stored and managed in step 302. Then, the medal number control CPU 301 transmits a message "count notification" ("count serial number = m", "number of medals counted = 50", "accumulated number of medals counted = 50") to the unit CPU 501 of the card unit CU. Then, the unit CPU 501 receives the message "Counting notification" ("Counting serial number = m", "Number of medals counted = 50", "Number of cumulative medals counted = 50") (Step S503). The medal number control CPU 301 uses the first counting processing means 301b2 to update the number of game medals stored and managed in the memory 302 by the medal number control CPU 301 to "150" by subtracting the number of counted medals "50" ( Step S504). Further, the unit CPU 501 uses the second counting processing means 501c to update the number of held medals stored and managed by the unit CPU 501 in the memory 502 to "70" by adding the number of counted medals "50" (step S505 ).

After receiving the message "Counting Notification" ("Counting Serial Number = m", "Counted Medal Count = 50", "Cumulative Counted Medal Count = 50"), the unit CPU 501 of the card unit CU sends the message "Loan Notification" ("Loan Serial Number = k", "Loaned Medal Count = 0") to the medal count control CPU 301 of the slot machine SM, and the medal count control CPU 301 receives the message "Loan Notification" ("Loan Serial Number = k", "Loaned Medal Count = 0") (step S506). After receiving the message "Loan Notification" ("Loan Serial Number = k", "Loaned Medal Count = 0"), the medal count control CPU 301 sends the message "Loan Receipt Result Response" ("Loan Serial Number = k", "Receipt Result = Normal") to the unit CPU 501, and the unit CPU 501 receives the message "Loan Receipt Result Response" ("Loan Serial Number = k", "Receipt Result = Normal") (step S507). Since the number of lent medals is "0", the number of game medals stored and managed in memory 302 by medal number control CPU 301 remains at "150", and the number of held medals stored and managed in memory 502 by unit CPU 501 remains at "70".

After transmitting the message "Lending receipt result response" ("Rending serial number = k", "Receipt result = normal"), the medal number control CPU 301 of the slot machine SM sends the message "Gaming machine The unit CPU 501 receives the message "gaming machine information notification" ("serial number = n+1", "number of game medals = 150") (Step S508).

After transmitting the message "Game Machine Information Notification" ("Serial Number = n+1", "Number of Game Medals = 150"), the medal count control CPU 301 of the slot machine SM determines the number of counted medals to be the upper medal count limit of "50" based on the number of game medals "150" stored and managed in memory 302 by the medal count control CPU 301 through the first counting processing means 301b2. The medal count control CPU 301 then transmits the message "Counting Notification" ("Counting Serial Number = m+1", "Counted Medals = 50", "Cumulative Counted Medals = 100") to the unit CPU 501 of the card unit CU, and the unit CPU 501 receives the message "Counting Notification" ("Counting Serial Number = m+1", "Counted Medals = 50", "Cumulative Counted Medals = 100") (step S509). The medal count control CPU 301 uses the first counting processing means 301b2 to update the number of game medals stored and managed by the medal count control CPU 301 in memory 302 to "100", subtracting the counted medal number of "50" (step S510). Also, the unit CPU 501 uses the second counting processing means 501c to update the number of held medals stored and managed by the unit CPU 501 in memory 502 to "120", adding the counted medal number of "50" (step S511).

After receiving the "Counting Notification" message ("Counting serial number = m+1", "Counted medal count = 50", "Cumulative counted medal count = 100"), the unit CPU 501 of the card unit CU sends a "Loan Notification" message ("Loan serial number = k+1", "Loaned medal count = 0") to the medal count control CPU 301 of the slot machine SM, and the medal count control CPU 301 receives the "Loan Notification" message ("Loan serial number = k+1", "Loaned medal count = 0") (step S512). After receiving the message "Lending notification" ("Lending serial number = k+1", "Number of lent medals = 0"), the medal count control CPU 301 sends the message "Lending receipt result response" ("Lending serial number = k+1", "Receipt result = normal") to the unit CPU 501, and the unit CPU 501 receives the message "Lending receipt result response" ("Lending serial number = k+1", "Receipt result = normal") (step S513). Note that since the number of lent medals is "0", the number of game medals stored and managed in memory 302 by the medal count control CPU 301 remains at "100", and the number of held medals stored and managed in memory 502 by the unit CPU 501 remains at "120".

Then, the medal count control CPU 301 on the slot machine SM detects the end of the pressing operation of the count switch 31 (step S514).

After transmitting the message "Lending receipt result response" ("Rending serial number = k+1", "Receipt result = normal"), the medal number control CPU 301 of the slot machine SM sends the message "Gaming machine The unit CPU 501 receives the message "gaming machine information notification" ("serial number = n+2", "number of game medals = 100"). (Step S515).

After transmitting the message "Game Machine Information Notification" ("Serial Number = n+2", "Number of Game Medals = 100"), the medal count control CPU 301 of the slot machine SM transmits the message "Count Notification" ("Count Serial Number = m+2", "Number of Counted Medals = 0", "Cumulative Counted Medals = 100") to the unit CPU 501 of the card unit CU, and the unit CPU 501 receives the message "Count Notification" ("Count Serial Number = m+2", "Number of Counted Medals = 0", "Cumulative Counted Medals = 100") (step S516). Note that since the number of counted medals is "0", the number of game medals stored and managed in memory 302 by the medal count control CPU 301 remains "100", and the number of held medals stored and managed in memory 502 by the unit CPU 501 remains "120".

After receiving the electronic message "Counting notification" ("Counting serial number = m+2", "Number of medals counted = 0", "Number of accumulated medals counted = 100"), the unit CPU 501 of the card unit CU controls the number of medals control CPU 301 of the slot machine SM. , the medal number control CPU 301 transmits the message "Lending Notification" ("Renting Serial Number = k+2", "Number of Loaned Medals = 0") to number of medals=0") (step S517). After receiving the message "Lending Notification" ("Rending Serial Number = k+2", "Number of Loaned Medals = 0"), the medal number control CPU 301 sends the message "Lending Receipt Result Response" ("Renting Serial Number = k+2") to the unit CPU 501. ", "Reception result = normal"), and the unit CPU 501 receives the message "Lending reception result response" ("Lending serial number = k+2", "Reception result = normal") (step S518). Note that since the number of loaned medals is "0", the number of game medals stored and managed in the memory 302 by the medal number control CPU 301 remains "100", and the number of game medals stored and managed in the memory 502 by the unit CPU 501 is The number of medals he has remains at "120".

In the communication sequence of FIG. 22, if the number of game medals stored and managed in memory 302 by medal count control CPU 301 on the slot machine SM side before pressing the count switch 31 is "70", in step S503 the count medal count "50", which is the upper limit of the count medal count "50", is notified using the "count notification" message, and in step S509 the count medal count "20", which is less than the upper limit of the count medal count "50", is notified using the "count notification" message.

Furthermore, if the timing at which the counting switch 31 is released is later than in the communication sequence of FIG. = m + 2'', ``Number of medals counted = 50'', ``Number of cumulative medals counted = 150''), processing to update the number of game medals to ``50'', and process to update the number of held medals to ``170'') are carried out. be done. In this way, for example, while the counting switch 31 is pressed, the electronic message "Counting Notification" notifying the number of counted medals with the upper limit of the number of counted medals as the upper limit is sent at a cycle in which the time length of one cycle is in the range of 300 ms or more and 310 ms or less. It is sent and received repeatedly.

In addition, if the count switch 31 is pressed briefly in step S101 in the communication sequence of FIG. 22, the medal count control CPU 301 of the slot machine SM notifies the unit CPU 501 of the card unit CU of the count medal count "1" using the message "Count notification."

(One specific example of lending in the basic communication sequence)
Next, a specific example of lending between the slot machine SM and the card unit CU in the basic communication sequence between the slot machine SM and the card unit CU in FIG. 17 will be described using FIG. 23. However, in the communication sequence of FIG. 23, before the lending switch 503a is pressed, the number of game medals stored and managed in the memory 302 by the medal number control CPU 301 on the slot machine SM side (the number of game medals stored in the memory 302) The number of medals owned by the player on the slot machine SM side, which is managed using medal number data, is "10", and is stored and managed in the memory 502 by the unit CPU 501 on the card unit CU side. It is assumed that the number of medals held by the player (the number of medals held by the player on the card unit CU side that is managed using the number of held medals data stored in the memory 502) is "150". Note that the details of the transmission timing of the electronic messages "gaming machine information notification", "count notification", "rental notification", and "rental receipt result response" are explained using FIG. 17, so the explanation of FIG. Omitted. In FIG. 23, communication between the medal number control CPU 301 and the unit CPU 501 is realized by the function of the inter-unit transmitting/receiving means 301e of the medal number controlling CPU 301 and the function of the transmitting/receiving means 501e of the unit CPU 501.

The unit CPU 501 on the card unit CU side detects a pressing operation of the lending switch 503a (step S601).

In this embodiment, the upper limit is set to "50" regarding the number of lending medals notified in the electronic message "Rental Notification". Note that the upper limit of the number of loaned medals will be referred to as "upper limit number of loaned medals." The number of loaned medals notified by the message "Rental Notification" is "50" based on the number of medals in possession if the number of medals stored and managed by the unit CPU 501 in the memory 502 is greater than or equal to the upper limit number of loaned medals "50". ", and if the number of medals you have is "1" or more but less than the upper limit of lending medals "50", the number of medals stored and managed by the unit CPU 501 in the memory 502 is set based on the number of medals you have. Set. In addition, when the number of medals held is "0", the number of loaned medals notified by the electronic message "Rental Notification" is the cash balance (stored in the memory 502) stored and managed by the unit CPU 501 in the memory 502. If the number of medals corresponding to the cash balance held by the player on the card unit CU side, which is managed using the balance data of If the number of medals corresponding to the cash balance is "1" or more and less than the maximum number of lending medals "50", based on the cash balance, "the unit CPU 501 will change the cash balance stored and managed in the memory 502". If the number of medals corresponding to the cash balance is "0", it is set to "0" based on the cash balance.

Note that although lending based on the number of medals held is given priority over lending based on cash balance, the present invention is not limited to this. Also, the number of coins corresponding to 1,000 yen in cash varies depending on the rate, such as 47 coins (equivalent), 200 coins (5 slots), 500 coins (2 slots), etc., and 1,000 yen worth of coins can be lent out with one press of the lending switch 503a. (For example, you can rent out 47 coins (equivalent) with one operation of the rental switch 503a), or you can rent out 500 yen worth of coins with one operation of the rental switch 503a (for example, you can rent out 100 coins with one operation of the rental switch 503a. (5 slots) can be rented out in units of 50 coins in two transactions.

The medal count control CPU 301 of the slot machine SM transmits a message "Game Machine Information Notification" ("Serial Number = n", "Number of Game Medals = 10") to the unit CPU 501 of the card unit CU, and the unit CPU 501 receives the message "Game Machine Information Notification" ("Serial Number = n", "Number of Game Medals = 10") (step S602).

After transmitting the telegram "gaming machine information notification" ("serial number = n", "number of game medals = 10"), the medal number control CPU 301 of the slot machine SM sends the telegram "count notification" to the unit CPU 501 of the card unit CU. ” (“counting serial number = m”, “number of counted medals = 0”, “accumulated number of counted medals = 0”), and the unit CPU 501 transmits the corresponding message “Counting notification” (“counting serial number = m”, “counting medals number=0", "accumulated number of counted medals=0") (step S603). Note that since the number of counted medals is "0", the number of game medals stored and managed in the memory 302 by the medal number control CPU 301 remains "10", and the number of game medals stored and managed in the memory 502 by the unit CPU 501 is The number of medals he has remains at ``150.''

After receiving the electronic message "Counting notification" ("Counting serial number = m", "Number of medals counted = 0", "Number of accumulated medals counted = 0"), the unit CPU 501 of the card unit CU uses the lending processing means 501b to The number of lending medals is determined to be the upper limit number of lending medals "50" based on the number of held medals "150" stored and managed in the memory 502. The unit CPU 501 transmits a message "Rent notification" ("Rent serial number = k", "Number of loan medals = 50") to the medal number control CPU 301 of the slot machine SM, and the medal number control CPU 301 transmits the message "Rent notice" ("Rent serial number = k", "Number of loan medals = 50"). notification" ("rental serial number=k", "number of loaned medals=50") (step S604). After receiving the message "Lending Notification" ("Rending Serial Number = k", "Number of Loaned Medals = 50"), the medal number control CPU 301 sends the message "Lending Receipt Result Response" ("Renting Serial Number = k") to the unit CPU 501. ”, “Reception result = normal”), and the unit CPU 501 receives the message “Lending reception result response” (“Lending serial number = k”, “Reception result = normal”) (step S605). The medal number control CPU 301 uses the borrowing processing means 301b1 to update the number of game medals stored and managed in the memory 302 by the medal number control CPU 301 to "60", which is the sum of the number of loaned medals "50" (step S606). ). Further, the unit CPU 501 uses the lending processing means 501b to update the number of medals stored and managed by the unit CPU 501 in the memory 502 to "100" by subtracting the number of loaned medals "50" (step S607).

After sending the message "Loan Receipt Result Response" ("Loan Serial Number = k", "Receipt Result = Normal"), the medal count control CPU 301 of the slot machine SM sends the message "Gaming Machine Information Notification" ("Serial Number = n+1", "Number of Gaming Medals = 60") to the unit CPU 501 of the card unit CU, and the unit CPU 501 receives the message "Gaming Machine Information Notification" ("Serial Number = n+1", "Number of Gaming Medals = 60") (step S608).

After transmitting the telegram "gaming machine information notification" ("serial number = n+1", "number of game medals = 60"), the medal number control CPU 301 of the slot machine SM sends the telegram "count notification" to the unit CPU 501 of the card unit CU. ” (“Counting serial number = m+1”, “Number of medals counted = 0”, “Accumulated number of medals counted = 0”), and the unit CPU 501 sends the message “Counting notification” (“Counting serial number = m+1”, “Number of medals counted = 0”). number=0", "accumulated number of counted medals=0") (step S609). In addition, since the number of counted medals is "0", the number of game medals stored and managed in the memory 302 by the medal number control CPU 301 remains "60", and the number of game medals stored and managed in the memory 502 by the unit CPU 501 is The number of medals you have remains at "100".

After receiving the message "Counting Notification" ("Counting Serial Number = m+1", "Counted Medal Count = 0", "Cumulative Counted Medal Count = 0"), the unit CPU 501 of the card unit CU sends the message "Lending Notification" ("Lending Serial Number = k+1", "Lending Medal Count = 0") to the medal count control CPU 301 of the slot machine SM, and the medal count control CPU 301 receives the message "Lending Notification" ("Lending Serial Number = k+1", "Lending Medal Count = 0") (step S610). After receiving the message "Lending Notification" ("Lending Serial Number = k+1", "Lending Medal Count = 0"), the medal count control CPU 301 sends the message "Lending Receipt Result Response" ("Lending Serial Number = k+1", "Receipt Result = Normal") to the unit CPU 501, and the unit CPU 501 receives the message "Lending Receipt Result Response" ("Lending Serial Number = k+1", "Receipt Result = Normal") (step S611). Since the number of loaned medals is "0", the number of game medals stored and managed in memory 302 by medal number control CPU 301 remains at "60", and the number of held medals stored and managed in memory 502 by unit CPU 501 remains at "100".

Note that if the number of held medals stored and managed in the memory 502 by the unit CPU 501 before the pressing operation of the lending switch 503a in the communication sequence of FIG. The number of loaned medals "20" is notified using the electronic message "Rental Notification".

Note that during the counting process (during the sending and receiving of the electronic message "Counting Notification" in which the number of counted medals is "1" or more), the lending switch 503a is disabled and the sending and receiving of the electronic message "Rental Notification" in which the number of lending medals is "0" is disabled. It may also be done. On the other hand, during the lending process (during the sending and receiving of the electronic message "Lending Notification" for which the number of loaned medals is "1" or more and the corresponding electronic message "Lending Receipt Result Response"), the counting switch 31 is enabled and the lending process is in progress. When the counting switch 31 is pressed, the lending process may be switched to the counting process.

The card unit CU corresponds to the "external gaming machine compatible unit" of the present invention, the "gaming machine performance information," "gaming machine installation information," and "hall control/fraud monitoring information" stored in the telegram "gaming machine information notification" correspond to the "gaming machine information" of the present invention, and the "counted medal number" stored in the telegram "counting notification," the "lend medal number" stored in the telegram "loan notification," and the "loan medal number receipt result" stored in the telegram "loan receipt result response" correspond to the "transfer information" of the present invention. In addition, a cycle in which the time length of one cycle is in the range of 300 ms to 310 ms corresponds to the "predetermined cycle" of the present invention, the timing of sending the "gaming machine information notification" message corresponds to the "transmission timing" in "the transmission of the gaming machine information is performed at the transmission timing in the predetermined cycle" of the present invention, and the timing of sending the "counting notification" message that stores the "counted medal count," the timing of sending the "loan notification" message that stores the "loaned medal count," and the timing of sending the "loaned medal count receipt result response" message that stores the "loaned medal count receipt result" correspond to the "different timing" in "the communication of the transfer information is performed at a different timing from the transmission timing in the predetermined cycle" of the present invention.

(Transfer of medals between main control CPU and medal count control CPU in slot machine)
Below, with reference to Figures 24 to 29, we will explain in order the sequence involved in pressing the bet switch 7 (hereinafter referred to as the "insertion sequence"), the sequence involved in pressing the maximum bet switch 8 (hereinafter referred to as the "maximum insertion sequence"), the sequence involved in pressing the settlement switch 33 (hereinafter referred to as the "settlement sequence"), and the sequence involved in the payout of pseudo medals (a predetermined number of pseudo medals for a role in which a player wins a role in which pseudo medals are obtained) (hereinafter referred to as the "payout sequence").

However, the memory 102 used by the main control CPU 101 includes the following:
A coin insertion count CT11 for managing the number of medals used (consumed) in one game (used to set "count information 1" and "count information 2" in FIG. 12),
A payout number CT12 for managing the number of medals paid out in one game (used to set "count information 1" and "count information 2" in FIG. 12),
A provisional medal count CT13 for managing the number of medals inserted during the process of inserting pseudo medals or settlement (cancelling insertion) (in the case of insertion, "+1" is added for each medal, and in the case of settlement, "-1" is added for each medal; hereafter referred to as the "provisional medal count");
A remaining payout number CT14 for managing the number of medals that have not yet been paid out during the payout of the pseudo medals (which is decremented by "-1" for each medal paid out; hereinafter referred to as the "remaining payout number");
A comparative medal insertion count CT15 (used for comparison with the medal insertion count CT31 described later) for managing the number of medals inserted during the insertion of pseudo medals or the process of settlement (in the case of insertion, "+1" is added for each medal, and in the case of settlement, "-1" is added for each medal) between the first transmission timing of the telegram "Gaming Machine Information Notification" storing the "Hall Control and Fraud Monitoring Information" and the first transmission timing of the telegram "Gaming Machine Information Notification" storing the next "Hall Control and Fraud Monitoring Information",
A comparative medal payout count CT16 (used for comparison with the medal payout count CT32 described later) for managing the number of medals paid out during the payout of pseudo medals (+1 is added for each medal paid out) between the first transmission timing of the telegram "Gaming Machine Information Notification" storing "Hall Control/Fraud Monitoring Information" and the first transmission timing of the telegram "Gaming Machine Information Notification" storing the next "Hall Control/Fraud Monitoring Information"
Each counter such as the above is formed.

In addition, the memory 302 used by the medal number control CPU 301 includes:
The number of game medals mentioned above (the number of medals held by the player on the slot machine SM side: -1 for each medal in the case of insertion, and +1 for each medal in the case of settlement) ) for managing the number of game medals CT30 (the above "number of game medals data": used to set the "number of game medals" in FIG. 12),
The first transmission timing of the message "gaming machine information notification" that stores "hole con/fraud monitoring information" and the first transmission timing of the message "gaming machine information notification" that stores the next "hole con/fraud monitoring information" During this period, the number of medals inserted during the process of inserting pseudo medals or paying out (cancelling the charge) ” number of inserted medals CT31 (used to set the “number of inserted medals” in FIG. 12),
The first transmission timing of the message "gaming machine information notification" that stores "hole con/fraud monitoring information" and the first transmission timing of the message "gaming machine information notification" that stores the next "hole con/fraud monitoring information" During the period, a payout is made between the main control CPU 101 and the medal number control CPU 301 to manage the number of medals being paid out (+1 is added for each medal paid out) in the process of paying out medals. Number of medals CT32 (used to set “Number of medals to be paid out” in Figure 12)
Each counter is formed. Note that the value of the number of gaming medals CT30 may be subtracted by the "number of counted medals" stored in the message "Count notification" or added by the "number of loaned medals" stored in the message "Notice of lending". be.

(Insertion sequence)
First, a sequence (insertion sequence) related to the injection of pseudo medals when the bet switch 7 is operated between the main control CPU 101 and the medal number control CPU 301 in the slot machine SM will be described using FIG. In FIG. 24, communication between the main control CPU 101 and the medal number control CPU 301 is realized by the function of the medal management transmitting/receiving means 101n of the main control CPU 101 and the function of the main board-to-board transmitting/receiving means 301a of the medal number control CPU 301. Ru.

The medal presence/absence signal is a signal for the medal number control CPU 301 to notify the main control CPU 101 whether the number CT30 of game medals is 1 or more. It is output from the CPU 301 to the main control CPU 101 (step S701). Since the medal presence/absence signal is "ON", the main control CPU 101 confirms that the number of game medals CT30 is 1 or more (step S702).

The processable signal causes the medal number control CPU 301 to perform a new process for moving pseudo medals between the main control CPU 101 and the medal number control CPU 301 (hereinafter referred to as "medal transfer between the main control CPU and the medal number control CPU"). This is a signal for the medal number control CPU 301 to notify the main control CPU 101 whether or not the medal number control CPU 301 can accept and carry out the process. (Step S703). Since the processing enable signal is "ON", the main control CPU 101 confirms that the medal number control CPU 301 can newly accept and execute the process of transferring medals between the main control CPU and the medal number control CPU (step S704).

When the bet switch 7 is pressed (step S705), the first insertion processing means 101d of the main control CPU 101 inverts the processing start signal for requesting the start of processing of a new medal transfer between the main control CPU and medal count control CPU from "OFF" to "ON" (request) (step S706). The second insertion processing means 301b3 of the medal count control CPU 301, upon receiving the inversion of the processing start signal from "OFF" to "ON", is able to confirm that processing of a new medal transfer between the main control CPU and medal count control CPU can be started, so inverts the processing ready signal from "ON" to "OFF", and in response to the processing start signal that has now turned "ON", inverts the processing in progress signal for notifying that processing of a medal transfer between the main control CPU and medal count control CPU has started from "OFF" to "ON" (start) (step S707).

The first input processing means 101d of the main control CPU 101 receives the reversal of the processing signal from "OFF" to "ON", thereby causing the medal number control CPU 301 to transfer medals between the new main control CPU and the medal number control CPU. Since it was confirmed that processing was in progress, the processing start signal was reversed from "ON" to "OFF" again, and the input process request signal for requesting processing for inputting one medal was changed from "OFF" to " ON” (request) (step S708). The second insertion processing means 301b3 of the medal number control CPU 301 was able to confirm that the requested processing was for one medal by receiving the reversal of the insertion processing request signal from "OFF" to "ON". , the processing signal is reversed from "ON" to "OFF" again, and as a response to the input processing request signal that has been turned "ON", a loading process is performed to notify that the loading process for one medal has started. The response signal is inverted from "OFF" to "ON" (start) (step S709).

The first insertion processing means 101d of the main control CPU 101 confirms that the medal number control CPU 301 has started the insertion process for one medal by receiving the reversal of the insertion processing response signal from "OFF" to "ON". Therefore, the input processing request signal is reversed from "ON" to "OFF" again, and the first control signal is used to notify the completion of the processing on the main control CPU 101 side corresponding to the processing for inserting one medal as requested. The processing completion signal is inverted from "OFF" to "ON" (completion), and the value of the provisional number of inserted medals CT13 is increased by 1, and the value of the comparative number of inserted medals CT15 is increased by 1 (step S710). In addition, in this embodiment, since the reversal of the first processing completion signal from "OFF" to "ON" is performed prior to the updating process of the provisional number of inserted medals CT13 and the comparative number of inserted medals CT15, the "requested medals" "Notification regarding the completion of processing on the main control CPU 101 side corresponding to processing for inserting one sheet" refers to "notification that processing on the main control CPU 101 side will be completed." Note that the value of the comparative number of inserted medals CT15 is cleared to "0" when the electronic message "gaming machine information notification" containing "hole console/fraud monitoring information" is transmitted according to the first transmission timing (Fig. 30~ (See FIG. 33), the value of the comparative number of inserted medals CT15 is the number of medals inserted between the first transmission timings of transmitting the message "gaming machine information notification" containing consecutive "hole console/fraud monitoring information".

In this embodiment, the following steps are executed in the order of (1) re-inversion of the input processing request signal, (2) inversion of the first processing completion signal, (3) incrementing the provisional input count CT13 by 1, and incrementing the comparative input medal count CT15 by 1; however, the execution order is not limited to this.

The second insertion processing means 301b3 of the medal number control CPU 301 allows the main control CPU 101 to complete the insertion process for one medal by receiving the first processing completion signal from "OFF" to "ON". Since it has been confirmed, the input processing response signal is reversed from "ON" to "OFF" again, and as a response to the first processing completion signal that has been turned "ON", the processing for inserting the requested one medal is performed. The second processing completion signal for notifying the completion of processing on the medal number control CPU 301 side is reversed from "OFF" to "ON" (completed), the value of the number of game medals CT30 is subtracted by 1, and the value is inserted. The value of the number of medals CT31 is increased by 1 (step S711). In addition, in this embodiment, since the reversal of the second processing completion signal from "OFF" to "ON" is performed prior to the updating process of the number of game medals CT30 and the number of inserted medals CT31, "requested medal 1" The "notification regarding the completion of the process on the medal number control CPU 301 side corresponding to the process of inserting the medals" refers to the "notification that the process on the medal number control CPU 301 side will be completed." Note that the value of the number of inserted medals CT31 is cleared to "0" when the electronic message "gaming machine information notification" containing "hole console/fraud monitoring information" is transmitted according to the first transmission timing (Figs. 33), the value of the number of inserted medals CT31 is the number of inserted medals between the first transmission timings of transmitting the telegram "gaming machine information notification" containing consecutive "hole console/fraud monitoring information".

In this embodiment, (1) re-inverting the input processing response signal, (2) inverting the second processing completion signal, and (3) subtracting 1 from the number of game medals CT30 and adding 1 to the number of input medals CT31 are executed in this order. However, the order of implementation is not limited to this.

When the first insertion processing means 101d of the main control CPU 101 receives the inversion of the second processing completion signal from "OFF" to "ON", it is confirmed that the medal count control CPU 301 has completed the insertion processing of one medal, and so it re-inverts the first processing completion signal from "ON" to "OFF". In addition, since the insertion of the pseudo medal has been completed, the first insertion processing means 101d of the main control CPU 101 inverts the processing end signal, which notifies the instruction to end the processing of medal movement between the main control CPU and medal count control CPU, from "OFF" to "ON" (end) (step S712). The second insertion processing means 301b3 of the medal count control CPU 301 receives the inversion of the processing end signal from "OFF" to "ON", and since the main control CPU 101 has confirmed that the entire processing of medal movement between the main control CPU and medal count control CPU has been completed, it inverts the second processing completion signal again from "ON" to "OFF" and inverts the processing ready signal from "OFF" to "ON" (step S713).

When the first input processing means 101d of the main control CPU 101 receives a reversal of the processing ready signal from "OFF" to "ON", it can confirm that the medal count control CPU 301 has completed the entire processing of medal movement between the main control CPU and medal count control CPU, and so reversals the processing end signal from "ON" to "OFF" (step S714). When this processing ready signal is reversed from "OFF" to "ON", the start switch 9 becomes effective.

Thereafter, when the start switch 9 is pressed (step S715), the first input processing means 101d of the main control CPU 101 sets the value of the input number CT11 to the value of the provisional input number CT13, and then clears the value of the provisional input number CT13 to "0" (step S716). When the start switch 9 is pressed in step S715 to start playing, the start switch 9 is disabled. The value of the insertion count CT11 is cleared to "0" when the "Game Machine Information Notification" message containing the "Hall Control and Fraud Monitoring Information" is sent in response to the first transmission timing (see Figures 30 to 33). Therefore, the value of the insertion count CT11 set to the value of the provisional insertion count CT13, that is, the number of medals to be used (consumed) in a game that is started by pressing the start switch 9, is sent from the main control CPU 101 to the medal count control CPU 301 once, corresponding to the first transmission timing at which the "Game Machine Information Notification" message containing the first "Hall Control and Fraud Monitoring Information" is sent after the start switch 9 is pressed.

(Example of maximum input sequence)
Next, an example of a sequence (maximum insertion sequence) relating to the insertion of pseudo medals when the maximum bet switch 8 is operated between the main control CPU101 and medal count control CPU301 in the slot machine SM will be described with reference to Fig. 25. However, in Fig. 25, it is assumed that when the maximum bet switch 8 is operated, the number of pseudo medals inserted corresponding to the maximum bet switch 8 exists in the game medal count CT30. In Fig. 25, communication between the main control CPU101 and medal count control CPU301 is realized by the function of the medal management transmission/reception means 101n of the main control CPU101 and the function of the main board transmission/reception means 301a of the medal count control CPU301.

In steps S701 to S704, the same contents as steps S701 to S704 explained with reference to FIG. 24 are performed.

When the maximum bet switch 8 is pressed (step S801), steps S706 to S711 are carried out in the same manner as steps S706 to S711 described in FIG. 24.

Even if the number of medals changes after step S711 ends, the medal presence/absence signal remains "ON" because the medal presence/absence signal is "ON" and therefore the medal presence/absence signal is "ON" (step S802). The main control CPU 101 confirms that the medal presence/absence signal is "ON" and therefore the medal presence/absence signal is "ON" (step S803).

The first insert processing means 101d of the main control CPU 101, upon receiving the inversion of the second processing completion signal from "OFF" to "ON", is able to confirm that the medal count control CPU 301 has completed the insert processing for one medal, so it inverts the first processing completion signal again from "ON" to "OFF", but in order to perform the insert processing for one medal continuously, it inverts the insert processing request signal from "OFF" to "ON" (request) (step S804). The second insert processing means 301b3 of the medal count control CPU 301, upon receiving the inversion of the insert processing request signal from "OFF" to "ON", is able to confirm that the requested processing is the insert processing for one medal, so it inverts the second processing completion signal again from "ON" to "OFF" and inverts the insert processing response signal from "OFF" to "ON" (start) (step S805).

The first insertion processing means 101d of the main control CPU 101 confirms that the medal number control CPU 301 has started the insertion process for one medal by receiving the reversal of the insertion processing response signal from "OFF" to "ON". Therefore, the input processing request signal is again inverted from "ON" to "OFF", and the first processing completion signal is inverted from "OFF" to "ON" (completion). At the same time, the value of the provisional number of inserted medals CT13 is increased by 1, and the value of the comparative number of inserted medals CT15 is increased by 1 (step S806). Note that the value of the comparative number of inserted medals CT15 is cleared to "0" when the electronic message "gaming machine information notification" containing "hole console/fraud monitoring information" is transmitted according to the first transmission timing (Fig. 30~ (See FIG. 33), the value of the comparative number of inserted medals CT15 is the number of medals inserted between the first transmission timings of transmitting the message "gaming machine information notification" containing consecutive "hole console/fraud monitoring information".

In this embodiment, (1) re-inverting the input process request signal, (2) inverting the first process completion signal, (3) adding 1 to the provisional input number CT13 and adding 1 to the comparative input medal count CT15 in this order. However, the order of implementation is not limited to this.

The second insertion processing means 301b3 of the medal number control CPU 301 allows the main control CPU 101 to complete the insertion process for one medal by receiving the first processing completion signal from "OFF" to "ON". Since it was confirmed, the input processing response signal is reversed from "ON" to "OFF" again, the second processing completion signal is reversed from "OFF" to "ON" (complete), and the value of the number of game medals CT30 is subtracted by 1. The value is set to the value obtained by adding 1 to the value of the number of inserted medals CT31 (step S807). Note that the value of the number of inserted medals CT31 is cleared to "0" when the message "gaming machine information notification" containing "hole console/fraud monitoring information" is transmitted according to the first transmission timing (Figs. 33), the value of the number of inserted medals CT31 is the number of inserted medals between the first transmission timings of transmitting the message "gaming machine information notification" containing consecutive "hole con/fraud monitoring information".

In this embodiment, (1) re-inverting the input processing response signal, (2) inverting the second processing completion signal, and (3) subtracting 1 from the number of game medals CT30 and adding 1 to the number of input medals CT31 are executed in this order. However, the order of implementation is not limited to this.

The processing of steps S802 to S807 is repeated until the value of the provisional number of inputs CT13 reaches the maximum number of inputs in the new game at the end of step S807.

After that, in steps S712 to S714, the same contents as steps S712 to S714 described in FIG. 24 are carried out. When the processing enable signal is inverted from "OFF" to "ON" in step S713, the start switch 9 is enabled. When the start switch 9 is then pressed (step S715), the same contents as step S716 described in FIG. 24 are carried out in step S716. When the start switch 9 is pressed in step S715 to start playing, the start switch 9 is disabled.

(Another example of a maximum input sequence)
Next, another example of a sequence (maximum insertion sequence) relating to insertion of pseudo medals when the maximum bet switch 8 is operated between the main control CPU101 and medal count control CPU301 in the slot machine SM will be described with reference to Fig. 26. However, in Fig. 26, when the maximum bet switch 8 is operated, the number of pseudo medals inserted corresponding to the maximum bet switch 8 does not exist in the game medal count CT30, and the value of the game medal count CT30 is "1". In Fig. 26, communication between the main control CPU101 and medal count control CPU301 is realized by the function of the medal management transmission/reception means 101n of the main control CPU101 and the function of the main board transmission/reception means 301a of the medal count control CPU301.

In steps S701 to S704, S801, and S706 to S711, the same contents as steps S701 to S704, S801, and S706 to S711 described in FIGS. 24 and 25 are performed.

After the value is subtracted by 1 in step S711, the value of the number of game medals CT30 becomes "0", and the medal number control CPU 301 changes the medal presence/absence signal from "ON" (1 or more) to "OFF" (0). (step S901).

A medal presence/absence signal of "OFF" (0) is output from the medal number control CPU 301 to the main control CPU 101 (step S902). Since the medal presence/absence signal is "OFF", the main control CPU 101 confirms that the value of the number of game medals CT30 is "0" and that there are no pseudo medals that can be newly inserted (step S903).

Although the value of the provisional insertion count CT13 has not reached the maximum insertion count for a new game, the value of the game medal count CT30 is "0" (no new medals can be inserted), so the process moves to step S712, and steps S712 to S714 are the same as steps S712 to S714 described in FIG. 24. Note that when the processing enable signal is reversed from "OFF" to "ON" in step S713, the start switch 9 is enabled. Thereafter, when the start switch 9 is pressed (step S715), step S716 is the same as step S716 described in FIG. 24.

Note that if the value of the number of game medals CT30 is less than the number of pseudo medals required to reach the maximum bet number, the maximum bet switch 8 may be disabled. In this case, even if the maximum bet switch 8 is pressed in step S801 in the communication sequence of FIG. 26, the maximum bet switch 8 is disabled, so that the processing from step S706 onwards will not be performed.

(Checkout sequence)
Next, a sequence (settlement sequence) related to the settlement of pseudo medals (cancellation of insertion) when the settlement switch 33 is operated between the main control CPU101 and medal count control CPU301 in the slot machine SM will be described with reference to Fig. 27. In Fig. 27, communication between the main control CPU101 and medal count control CPU301 is realized by the function of the medal management transmission/reception means 101n of the main control CPU101 and the function of the main board transmission/reception means 301a of the medal count control CPU301.

The medal count control CPU 301 outputs a processing enable signal of "ON" (executable) to the main control CPU 101 (step S1001). Since the processing enable signal is "ON", the main control CPU 101 confirms that the medal count control CPU 301 is able to newly accept and execute a medal transfer process between the main control CPU and medal count control CPU (step S1002).

When the settlement switch 33 is pressed (step S1003), the first input processing means 101d of the main control CPU 101 sends a processing start signal for requesting the start of the process of transferring medals between the main control CPU and the medal number control CPU. The state is reversed from "OFF" to "ON" (request) (step S1004). The second input processing means 301b3 of the medal number control CPU 301 starts the process of transferring medals between the new main control CPU and the medal number control CPU upon receiving the reversal of the processing start signal from "OFF" to "ON". Since this was confirmed, the processing enable signal was reversed from "ON" to "OFF", and in response to the processing start signal that was turned "ON", the process of moving medals between the main control CPU and the medal number control CPU was started. The in-processing signal for notifying the user is inverted from "OFF" to "ON" (start) (step S1005).

The first input processing means 101d of the main control CPU 101 receives the reversal of the processing signal from "OFF" to "ON", thereby causing the medal number control CPU 301 to transfer medals between the new main control CPU and the medal number control CPU. Since it has been confirmed that processing is in progress, the processing start signal is reversed from "ON" to "OFF" again, and processing of payment for one medal (cancellation of insertion of one medal) is requested. The payment processing request signal for the transaction is inverted from "OFF" to "ON" (request) (step S1006). The second input processing means 301b3 of the medal number control CPU 301 was able to confirm that the requested process was a settlement process for one medal by receiving the inversion of the settlement process request signal from "OFF" to "ON". , the processing signal is re-inverted from "ON" to "OFF", and as a response to the payment processing request signal that has been turned "ON", processing of payment for one medal (processing of cancellation of insertion of one medal) ) is inverted from "OFF" to "ON" (start) (step S1007).

The first input processing means 101d of the main control CPU 101, upon receiving the reversal of the settlement processing response signal from "OFF" to "ON", is able to confirm that the medal count control CPU 301 has started the settlement processing for one medal, so it re-inverts the settlement processing request signal from "ON" to "OFF", inverts the first processing completion signal from "OFF" to "ON" (completed) to notify the completion of processing on the main control CPU 101 side corresponding to the settlement processing for the requested one medal (processing of canceling the insertion of one medal), sets the value of the provisional input count CT13 to a value obtained by subtracting 1, and sets the value of the comparative input medal count CT15 to a value obtained by subtracting 1 (step S1008). In this embodiment, the first processing completion signal is inverted from "OFF" to "ON" before the provisional insertion count CT13 and the comparative insertion count CT15 are updated, so "notification of the completion of processing on the main control CPU 101 side corresponding to the settlement processing for one requested medal (cancellation processing of insertion of one medal)" refers to "notification that the processing on the main control CPU 101 side will be completed." Note that the value of the comparative insertion count CT15 is cleared to "0" when the message "Game Machine Information Notification" containing "Hall Control/Fraud Monitoring Information" is transmitted in response to the first transmission timing (see Figures 30 to 33), so the value of the comparative insertion count CT15 is a "negative" value representing the number of medals that are settled (insertion canceled) between the first transmission timings of transmitting the message "Game Machine Information Notification" containing consecutive "Hall Control/Fraud Monitoring Information".

In this embodiment, (1) re-inversion of the payment processing request signal, (2) inversion of the first processing completion signal, (3) subtraction of 1 from the provisional number of inserted medals CT13 and subtraction of 1 from the comparative number of inserted medals CT15. However, the order of execution is not limited to this.

The second insertion processing means 301b3 of the medal count control CPU 301 receives the inversion of the first processing completion signal from "OFF" to "ON", and is therefore able to confirm that the main control CPU 101 has completed the settlement processing for one medal, so it re-inverts the settlement processing response signal from "ON" to "OFF", and, in response to the first processing completion signal that has now turned "ON", inverts the second processing completion signal from "OFF" to "ON" (completed) to notify the completion of processing on the medal count control CPU 301 side corresponding to the requested settlement processing for one medal (processing of canceling the insertion of one medal), and sets the value of the number of game medals CT30 to a value incremented by 1 and the value of the number of inserted medals CT31 to a value decremented by 1 (step S1009). In this embodiment, the second processing completion signal is inverted from "OFF" to "ON" before updating the game medal count CT30 and the inserted medal count CT31, so "notification of the completion of processing on the medal count control CPU 301 side corresponding to the settlement processing for one requested medal (cancellation processing of the insertion of one medal)" refers to "notification that the processing on the medal count control CPU 301 side will be completed." Note that the value of the inserted medal count CT31 is cleared to "0" when the message "game machine information notification" storing "hole control/fraud monitoring information" is transmitted in response to the first transmission timing (see Figures 30 to 33), so the value of the inserted medal count CT31 is a "negative" value representing the number of medals settled (the insertion canceled) between the first transmission timings transmitting the message "game machine information notification" storing consecutive "hole control/fraud monitoring information".

In this embodiment, the following steps are executed in the order of (1) re-inversion of the settlement processing response signal, (2) inversion of the second processing completion signal, and (3) incrementing the number of game medals CT30 by 1 and decrementing the number of inserted medals CT31 by 1; however, the execution order is not limited to this.

The first input processing means 101d of the main control CPU 101 allows the medal number control CPU 301 to complete the settlement process for one medal by receiving the second processing completion signal from "OFF" to "ON". Since this has been confirmed, the first processing completion signal is turned from "ON" to "OFF" again, but in order to perform the payment processing for one medal continuously, the payment processing request signal is changed from "OFF" to "ON" ( request) (step S1010). The second input processing means 301b3 of the medal number control CPU 301 was able to confirm that the requested process was a settlement process for one medal by receiving the inversion of the settlement process request signal from "OFF" to "ON". , re-inverts the second processing completion signal from "ON" to "OFF", and inverts the payment processing response signal from "OFF" to "ON" (start) as a response to the payment processing request signal which has become "ON". (Step S1011).

The first input processing means 101d of the main control CPU 101 receives the reversal of the settlement processing response signal from "OFF" to "ON" and confirms that the medal count control CPU 301 has started the settlement processing for one medal, so it re-inverts the settlement processing request signal from "ON" to "OFF", inverts the first processing completion signal from "OFF" to "ON" (completed), sets the value of the provisional input count CT13 to a value subtracted by 1, and sets the value of the comparison input medal count CT15 to a value subtracted by 1 (step S1012). The value of the comparative number of medals inserted CT15 is cleared to "0" when the "Gaming Machine Information Notification" message containing "Hall Control/Fraud Monitoring Information" is sent in response to the first transmission timing (see Figures 30 to 33), so the value of the comparative number of medals inserted CT15 becomes a "negative" value representing the number of medals that are settled (the insertion is canceled) between the first transmission timings when the "Gaming Machine Information Notification" message containing successive "Hall Control/Fraud Monitoring Information" messages are sent.

In this embodiment, (1) re-inversion of the payment processing request signal, (2) inversion of the first processing completion signal, (3) subtraction of 1 from the provisional number of inserted medals CT13 and subtraction of 1 from the comparative number of inserted medals CT15. However, the order of execution is not limited to this.

The second insertion processing means 301b3 of the medal count control CPU 301 receives the inversion of the first processing completion signal from "OFF" to "ON", and therefore confirms that the main control CPU 101 has completed the settlement processing for one medal, so it re-inverts the settlement processing response signal from "ON" to "OFF", and in response to the first processing completion signal that has now become "ON", it inverts the second processing completion signal from "OFF" to "ON" (completed), adds 1 to the value of the number of game medals CT30, and subtracts 1 from the value of the number of inserted medals CT31 (step S1013). The value of the number of inserted medals CT31 is cleared to "0" when the "Gaming Machine Information Notification" message containing the "Hall Control/Fraud Monitoring Information" is sent in response to the first transmission timing (see Figures 30 to 33), so the value of the number of inserted medals CT31 becomes a "negative" value representing the number of medals that are settled (the insertion is canceled) between the first transmission timings when the "Gaming Machine Information Notification" message containing successive "Hall Control/Fraud Monitoring Information" messages are sent.

In this embodiment, the following steps are executed in the order of (1) re-inversion of the settlement processing response signal, (2) inversion of the second processing completion signal, and (3) incrementing the number of game medals CT30 by 1 and decrementing the number of inserted medals CT31 by 1; however, the execution order is not limited to this.

The processing of steps S1010 to S1013 is repeated until the value of the provisional input number CT13 becomes "0" at the end of step S1013.

Upon receiving the inversion of the second processing completion signal from "OFF" to "ON", the first insertion processing means 101d of the main control CPU 101 confirms that the medal count control CPU 301 has completed the insertion processing for one medal, and so inverts the first processing completion signal again from "ON" to "OFF". In addition, since the settlement of the pseudo medals (cancellation of the medal insertion) has been completed, the processing end signal for notifying the instruction to end the processing of medal movement between the main control CPU and medal count control CPU is inverted from "OFF" to "ON" (end) (step S1014). The second insertion processing means 301b3 of the medal count control CPU 301 receives an inversion of the processing end signal from "OFF" to "ON", and since the main control CPU 101 has confirmed that the entire processing of medal movement between the main control CPU and medal count control CPU has been completed, it inverts the second processing completion signal again from "ON" to "OFF" and inverts the processing ready signal from "OFF" to "ON" (step S1015).

When the first insertion processing means 101d of the main control CPU 101 receives a reversal of the processing ready signal from "OFF" to "ON", it can confirm that the medal count control CPU 301 has completed the entire processing of medal movement between the main control CPU and medal count control CPU, and so reversals the processing end signal from "ON" to "OFF" (step S1016). When this processing end signal is reversed from "ON" to "OFF", the start switch 9 is disabled. Note that the start switch 9 may also be disabled when the settlement switch 33 is pressed.

Although the settlement switch 33 is not operated, for example, multiple pseudo medals (2≦n
When the bet switch 7 is operated with multiple pseudo medals (n, n is an integer) inserted, the difference in the number of pseudo medals is settled by using the settlement process described above. In this case, pressing the settlement switch 33 is replaced by pressing the bet switch 8 when multiple pseudo medals are inserted, and the difference in the number of pseudo medals is settled.

(Payout sequence)
Next, a sequence (payout sequence) related to the payout of pseudo medals between the main control CPU 101 and the medal number control CPU 301 in the slot machine SM will be described using FIG. 28. In addition, in FIG. 28, communication between the main control CPU 101 and the medal number control CPU 301 is realized by the function of the medal management transmission/reception means 101n of the main control CPU 101 and the function of the main board-to-board transmission/reception means 301a of the medal number control CPU 301. Ru.

A processing enable signal of "ON" (enabled) is output from the medal number control CPU 301 to the main control CPU 101 (step S1101). Since the processing enable signal is "ON", the main control CPU 101 confirms that the medal number control CPU 301 can newly accept and execute the process of transferring medals between the main control CPU and the medal number control CPU (step S1102).

In this game, a payout of pseudo medals occurs due to the winning combination that wins pseudo medals (step S1103), and the first payout processing means 101h of the main control CPU 101 sets the value of the payout number CT12 to "A" and the value of the remaining payout number CT14 to "A" (step S1104). The value of the payout number CT12 is cleared to "0" when the message "Game Machine Information Notification" containing the "Hall Control/Fraud Monitoring Information" is sent in accordance with the first transmission timing (see Figures 30 to 33), so the number of medals paid out in one game is sent from the main control CPU 101 to the medal count control CPU 301 once, which corresponds to the first transmission timing at which the message "Game Machine Information Notification" containing the first "Hall Control/Fraud Monitoring Information" is sent after a payout occurs.

The first payout processing means 101h of the main control CPU 101 inverts the process start signal from "OFF" to "ON" (request) for requesting the start of the process of transferring medals between the main control CPU and the medal number control CPU ( Step S1105). The second payout processing means 301b4 of the medal number control CPU 301 starts the process of transferring medals between the new main control CPU and the medal number control CPU upon receiving the reversal of the processing start signal from "OFF" to "ON". Since this was confirmed, the processing enable signal was reversed from "ON" to "OFF", and in response to the processing start signal that was turned "ON", the process of moving medals between the main control CPU and the medal number control CPU was started. The processing signal for notifying the user is inverted from "OFF" to "ON" (start) (step S1106).

The first payout processing means 101h of the main control CPU 101 can confirm that the medal count control CPU 301 is in the process of a new medal transfer between the main control CPU and medal count control CPU by receiving the inversion of the in-process signal from "OFF" to "ON", and inverts the processing start signal again from "ON" to "OFF", and inverts the payout processing request signal for requesting the processing of the payout of one medal from "OFF" to "ON" (request) (step S1107). The second payout processing means 301b4 of the medal count control CPU 301 can confirm that the requested processing is the payout processing of one medal by receiving the inversion of the payout processing request signal from "OFF" to "ON", and inverts the in-process signal again from "ON" to "OFF", and in response to the payout processing request signal that has become "ON", inverts the payout processing response signal for notifying that the processing of the payout of one medal has started from "OFF" to "ON" (start) (step S1108).

The first payout processing means 101h of the main control CPU 101 confirms that the medal number control CPU 301 has started the payout process for one medal by receiving the reversal of the payout process response signal from "OFF" to "ON". As a result, the payout processing request signal is reversed again from "ON" to "OFF", and the first signal is sent to notify the completion of the processing on the main control CPU 101 side corresponding to the processing of the requested payout for one medal. The process completion signal is inverted from "OFF" to "ON" (completion), and the value of the remaining payout number CT14 is subtracted by 1, and the value of the comparative payout medal count CT16 is added by 1 (step S1109). In addition, in this embodiment, since the reversal of the first process completion signal from "OFF" to "ON" is performed prior to the updating process of the remaining number of payout CT14 and the comparative number of medals to be paid out CT16, the "requested medal 1" "Notification regarding the completion of processing on the main control CPU 101 side corresponding to the processing of payout for coins" refers to "notification that the processing on the main control CPU 101 side will be completed." Note that the value of the comparative number of payout medals CT16 is cleared to "0" when the electronic message "gaming machine information notification" containing "hole console/fraud monitoring information" is transmitted according to the first transmission timing (Fig. 30~ (See FIG. 33), the value of the comparative number of paid out medals CT16 is the number of paid out medals during the first transmission timing of transmitting the message "gaming machine information notification" containing consecutive "hole console/fraud monitoring information".

In this embodiment, (1) re-inversion of the payout processing request signal, (2) inversion of the first processing completion signal, (3) subtraction of 1 from the remaining number of payout CT14 and addition of 1 to the comparative number of payout medals CT16. However, the order of execution is not limited to this.

The second payout processing means 301b4 of the medal number control CPU 301 allows the main control CPU 101 to complete the payout process for one medal by receiving the first processing completion signal from "OFF" to "ON". Since this has been confirmed, the payout processing response signal is reversed from "ON" to "OFF" again, and as a response to the first processing completion signal that has been turned "ON", the processing for dispensing the requested one medal is performed. The second processing completion signal for notifying the completion of processing on the medal number control CPU 301 side is reversed from "OFF" to "ON" (completed), the value of the number of game medals CT30 is increased by 1, and the payout is made. The value of the number of medals CT32 is increased by 1 (step S1110). In addition, in this embodiment, since the reversal of the second processing completion signal from "OFF" to "ON" is performed prior to the updating process of the number of game medals CT30 and the number of inserted medals CT31, "requested medal 1" The "notification regarding the completion of processing on the medal number control CPU 301 side corresponding to the payout of medals" refers to "notification that the processing on the medal number control CPU 301 side will be completed." Note that the value of the number of payout medals CT32 is cleared to "0" when the electronic message "gaming machine information notification" containing "hole console/fraud monitoring information" is transmitted according to the first transmission timing (Figs. 33), the value of the number of payout medals CT32 is the number of payout medals during the first transmission timing of transmitting the message "gaming machine information notification" containing consecutive "hole console/fraud monitoring information".

In this embodiment, the following steps are executed in the order of (1) re-inversion of the payout process response signal, (2) inversion of the second process completion signal, (3) incrementing the number of game medals CT30 by 1, and incrementing the number of paid medals CT32 by 1; however, the execution order is not limited to this.

The first payout processing means 101h of the main control CPU 101, upon receiving the inversion of the second processing completion signal from "OFF" to "ON", is able to confirm that the medal count control CPU 301 has completed the settlement processing for one medal, so it re-inverts the first processing completion signal from "ON" to "OFF", but in order to perform the payout processing for one medal continuously, it inverts the payout processing request signal from "OFF" to "ON" (request) (step S1111). The second payout processing means 301b4 of the medal count control CPU 301, upon receiving the inversion of the payout processing request signal from "OFF" to "ON", is able to confirm that the requested processing is the payout processing for one medal, so it re-inverts the second processing completion signal from "ON" to "OFF", and in response to the payout processing request signal that has become "ON", it inverts the payout processing response signal from "OFF" to "ON" (start) (step S1112).

The first payout processing means 101h of the main control CPU 101, upon receiving the inversion of the payout processing response signal from "OFF" to "ON", is able to confirm that the medal count control CPU 301 has started the payout processing for one medal, so it re-inverts the payout processing request signal from "ON" to "OFF", inverts the first processing completion signal from "OFF" to "ON" (completed), subtracts 1 from the value of the remaining payout number CT14, and adds 1 to the value of the comparative number of medals to be paid out CT16 (step S1113). Note that the value of the comparative number of medals to be paid out CT16 is cleared to "0" when the message "Game Machine Information Notification" containing "Hall Control/Fraud Monitoring Information" is transmitted in response to the first transmission timing (see Figures 30 to 33), so the value of the comparative number of medals to be paid out CT16 is the number of medals to be paid out between the first transmission timings at which consecutive messages "Game Machine Information Notification" containing "Hall Control/Fraud Monitoring Information" are transmitted.

In this embodiment, the following steps are executed in the order of (1) re-inversion of the payout process request signal, (2) inversion of the first process completion signal, and (3) subtraction of 1 from the remaining payout number CT14 and addition of 1 to the comparative payout medal number CT16, but the execution order is not limited to this.

The second payout processing means 301b4 of the medal number control CPU 301 allows the main control CPU 101 to complete the payout process for one medal by receiving the first processing completion signal from "OFF" to "ON". Since it was confirmed, the payout processing response signal was reversed from "ON" to "OFF" again, and the second processing completion signal was changed from "OFF" to "ON" ( Completion), the value of the number of game medals CT30 is increased by 1, and the value of the number of payout medals CT32 is increased by 1 (step S1114). Note that the value of the number of payout medals CT32 is cleared to "0" when the electronic message "gaming machine information notification" containing "hole console/fraud monitoring information" is transmitted according to the first transmission timing (Figs. 33), the value of the number of payout medals CT32 is the number of payout medals during the first transmission timing of transmitting the message ``gaming machine information notification'' containing consecutive ``hole console/fraud monitoring information''.

In this embodiment, the following steps are executed in the order of (1) re-inversion of the payout process response signal, (2) inversion of the second process completion signal, (3) incrementing the number of game medals CT30 by 1, and incrementing the number of paid medals CT32 by 1; however, the execution order is not limited to this.

The processing of steps S1111 to S1114 is repeated until the value of the remaining number of payouts CT14 becomes "0" at the end of step S1114.

The first payout processing means 101h of the main control CPU 101 allows the medal number control CPU 301 to complete the payout process for one medal by receiving the second processing completion signal from "OFF" to "ON". Since this has been confirmed, the first processing completion signal is again inverted from "ON" to "OFF". Also, since the payout of pseudo medals has been completed, the process end signal for notifying the end of the process of transferring medals between the main control CPU and the number of medals control CPU is changed from "OFF" to "ON" (end). Invert (step S1115). The second payout processing means 301b4 of the medal number control CPU 301 allows the main control CPU 101 to control the entire medal movement between the main control CPU and the medal number control CPU by receiving the reversal of the processing end signal from "OFF" to "ON". Since it has been confirmed that the process has been completed, the second process completion signal is again inverted from "ON" to "OFF", and the process enable signal is inverted from "OFF" to "ON" (step S1116).

When the first payout processing means 101h of the main control CPU 101 receives an inversion of the processing possible signal from "OFF" to "ON", it can confirm that the medal count control CPU 301 has completed the entire processing of medal movement between the main control CPU and medal count control CPU, and so it re-inverts the processing end signal from "ON" to "OFF" (step S1117).

Next, a case where a timeout occurs during the insertion of pseudo medals when the maximum bet switch 8 is operated between the main control CPU 101 and the medal number control CPU 301 in the slot machine SM will be explained using FIGS. 29(a) and 29(b). do.

In the example of FIG. 29(a), the above-mentioned steps S701 to S704, S801, S706 to S711, and S802 to S805 are processed. At this time, the main control CPU 101 cannot confirm the inversion of the insertion process response signal from "OFF" to "ON" within a predetermined time, and the process corresponding to step S806 in FIG. 25 is not performed, and the timeout occurs (step S1201). Also, the medal count control CPU 301 cannot confirm the inversion of the first process completion signal from "OFF" to "ON" within a predetermined time, and the timeout occurs without performing the process corresponding to step S807 in FIG. 25 (step S1202). At this time, the data of the provisional insertion count CT14 and the comparative insertion medal count CT15 on the main control CPU 101 side have been updated, and the data of the game medal count CT30 and the insertion medal count CT31 on the medal count control CPU 301 side have also been updated. Therefore, after the operation of the maximum bet switch 8, consistency is achieved between the number of medals inserted by the main control CPU 101 (the value of the provisional number of medals inserted CT14) and the number of medals inserted by the medal count control CPU 301 (the value obtained by subtracting the current value of the number of medals played CT30 from the value of the number of medals played when the maximum bet switch 8 is pressed). Also, consistency is achieved between the number of medals inserted by the main control CPU 101 (the value of the comparative number of medals inserted CT15) and the number of medals inserted by the medal count control CPU 301 (the value of the number of medals inserted CT31) between the first transmission timing of the message "Game Machine Information Notification" that stores "Hall Control/Fraud Monitoring Information" and the first transmission timing of the message "Game Machine Information Notification" that stores the next "Hall Control/Fraud Monitoring Information".

In the example of FIG. 29(b), the above-mentioned steps S701 to S704, S801, and S706 to S710 are performed. At this time, the medal count control CPU 301 cannot confirm the inversion of the first processing completion signal from "OFF" to "ON" within a predetermined time, and times out without performing the process corresponding to step S711 in FIG. 25 (step S1251). Furthermore, the main control CPU 101 cannot confirm the inversion of the second processing completion signal from "OFF" to "ON" within a predetermined time, and times out without performing the process corresponding to step S803 in FIG. 25 (step S1252). At this time, the provisional inserted number CT14 and the comparative inserted medal number CT15 on the main control CPU 101 side have been updated, and the game medal number CT30 and inserted medal number CT31 have not been updated on the medal count control CPU 301 side.

Here, if the update process of the medal count control CPU 301 is performed before the update process of the main control CPU 101, when an abnormality such as a timeout occurs, the number of game medals (the number of pseudo medals held by the player) stored and managed by the medal count control CPU 301 in memory 302 is reduced, but the insertion of pseudo medals is not confirmed, resulting in a situation in which the player suffers losses other than from playing. On the other hand, if the update process of the medal count control CPU 301 is performed after the update process of the main control CPU 101, even if an abnormality such as a timeout occurs, when the number of game medals (the number of pseudo medals held by the player) stored and managed by the medal count control CPU 301 in memory 302 is reduced, the insertion of pseudo medals is always confirmed, and no situation in which the player suffers losses other than from playing occurs. For this reason, performing the update process of the medal count control CPU 301 after the update process of the main control CPU 101 is superior to performing the update process of the medal count control CPU 301 before the update process of the main control CPU 101.

(Communication between the main control CPU 101 and the medal count control CPU 301, and between the medal count control CPU 301 and the unit CPU 501)
Next, the communication sequences of the communication between the main control CPU101 and medal count control CPU301 in the slot machine SM, and the communication between the medal count control CPU301 of the slot machine SM and the unit CPU501 of the card unit CU will be described with reference to Figures 30 to 33. In Figures 30 to 33, the communication between the medal count control CPU301 and the unit CPU501 is realized by the function of the inter-unit transmission/reception means 301e of the medal count control CPU301 and the function of the transmission/reception means 501e of the unit CPU501, and the communication between the main control CPU101 and medal count control CPU301 is realized by the function of the medal management transmission/reception means 101n of the main control CPU101 and the function of the inter-main board transmission/reception means 301a of the medal count control CPU301.

As described above, between the medal number control CPU 301 of the slot machine SM and the unit CPU 501 of the card unit CU, the time length of one cycle of the electronic message "gaming machine information notification" is within the range of 300 ms or more and 310 ms or less. It is sent periodically at the transmission cycle.

The medal number control CPU 301 of the slot machine SM sends a telegram "gaming machine information notification" from the card unit CU to the unit CPU 501 in response to the first transmission timing of the telegram "gaming machine information notification" which is sent periodically to the unit CPU 501 of the card unit CU. At a timing (hereinafter referred to as "request timing") prior to transmitting the "information notification", a request for information is made to the main control CPU 101 of the slot machine SM (step S1301). The main control CPU 101 receives a request from the medal number control CPU 301, and transmits the above-mentioned "hole control/fraud monitoring information", "gaming machine installation information", and "gaming machine performance information" based on the respective transmission cycles and their priorities. , the request is determined to be related to "hole game/fraud monitoring information", and a timing within a predetermined time range from the request timing (timing prior to sending the electronic message "gaming machine information notification" to the unit CPU 501: hereinafter, ``Response timing''), among the multiple items of ``Hole con/fraud monitoring information,'' at least items such as ``Count information 1'' and ``Count information 2'' that are not managed by the medal number control CPU 301 side. Related information (number of inputs CT11, number of payouts CT12, etc.) and information of items used for monitoring irregularities such as fraud in the medal number control CPU 301 (number of compared medals inserted CT15, number of compared medals paid out CT16, etc.) A response is sent to the number control CPU 301 (step S1302).

Here, the value of the number of inputs CT11 to which the value of the provisional number of inputs CT13 has been set (the number of pseudo medals used (consumed) for the game started by pressing the start switch 9) is transmitted from the main control CPU 101 to the number of medals control CPU 301. The message is sent once, corresponding to the first transmission timing when the first message "gaming machine information notification" storing the "hole con/fraud monitoring information" is sent after the start switch 9 is pressed. becomes. In addition, the number of insertions transmitted from the main control CPU 101 to the medal number control CPU 301 in response to the first transmission timing at which the electronic message "gaming machine information notification" storing other "hole con/fraud monitoring information" is transmitted. The value of CT11 is "0".

The payout number CT12 value, which is set to the number of pseudo medals to be paid out when a player wins a role that earns pseudo medals (the number of pseudo medals that is predetermined for that role when a player wins a role that earns pseudo medals), is sent from the main control CPU101 to the medal count control CPU301 once, corresponding to the first transmission timing when the message "Game Machine Information Notification" that stores the first "Hall Control/Fraud Monitoring Information" after the occurrence of a payout is sent. Note that the value of the payout number CT12 sent from the main control CPU101 to the medal count control CPU301 in response to the first transmission timing when the message "Game Machine Information Notification" that stores the other "Hall Control/Fraud Monitoring Information" is sent is "0".

The value of the comparative medal insertion count CT15 transmitted from the main control CPU101 to the medal count control CPU301 is the number of medals inserted or settled (deposits canceled) between the previous request related to "Hall Control/Fraud Monitoring Information" and the current request related to "Hall Control/Fraud Monitoring Information", counted by the main control CPU101, that is, the number of medals inserted or settled (deposits canceled) between the first transmission timing of the transmission of the message "Gaming Machine Information Notification" containing the previous "Hall Control/Fraud Monitoring Information" and the first transmission timing of the transmission of the message "Gaming Machine Information Notification" containing the current "Hall Control/Fraud Monitoring Information". After the value of the comparative medal insertion count CT15 is transmitted in response to the request related to "Hall Control/Fraud Monitoring Information", the value of the comparative medal insertion count CT15 is cleared to "0".

The value of the comparative medal payout number CT16 sent from the main control CPU101 to the medal count control CPU301 is the number of medals paid out between the previous request related to "Hall Control/Fraud Monitoring Information" and the current request related to "Hall Control/Fraud Monitoring Information", counted by the main control CPU101, that is, the number of medals paid out between the first transmission timing of the transmission of the message "Gaming Machine Information Notification" containing the previous "Hall Control/Fraud Monitoring Information" and the first transmission timing of the transmission of the message "Gaming Machine Information Notification" containing the current "Hall Control/Fraud Monitoring Information". After the value of the comparative medal payout number CT16 is transmitted in response to the request related to "Hall Control/Fraud Monitoring Information", the value of the comparative medal payout number CT16 is cleared to "0".

In addition, in step S1301, the medal count control CPU 301 may determine to make a request related to "hall control/fraud monitoring information" based on the transmission cycles of the above-mentioned "hall control/fraud monitoring information," "gaming machine installation information," and "gaming machine performance information" and their priorities, and may make the request, and in step S1302, the main control CPU 101 may respond to the request related to "hall control/fraud monitoring information."

The medal count control CPU301 of the slot machine SM transmits the message "Game Machine Information Notification" storing the "Hall Control/Fraud Monitoring Information" to the unit CPU501 of the card unit CU at the first transmission timing of the periodically arriving message "Game Machine Information Notification" to the unit CPU501 of the card unit CU (step S1303). Next, the medal count control CPU301 transmits the message "Counting Notification" to the unit CPU501 (step S1304). Next, the unit CPU501 transmits the message "Lending Notification" to the medal count control CPU301 (step S1305). Next, the medal count control CPU301 transmits the message "Lending Receipt Result Response" to the unit CPU501 (step S1306).

The storage of "hole con/fraud monitoring information" in the electronic message "gaming machine information notification" by the medal number control CPU 301 is managed by the medal number control CPU 301 among the multiple items of "hole con/fraud monitoring information". For items that are managed by the medal number control CPU 301 side, set the contents managed by the main control CPU 101 side, and for items managed by the main control CPU 101 side, set the content that is managed by the main control CPU 101 by requesting the main control CPU 101 and obtaining the The contents managed on the control CPU 101 side are set.

Of the multiple items in the "Hall Control/Fraud Monitoring Information", for example, the items "Number of Game Medals", "Number of Inserted Medals", and "Number of Payout Medals" in FIG. 12 are items whose values are managed by the medal count control CPU 301, and the items "Number of Game Medals", "Number of Inserted Medals", and "Number of Payout Medals" respectively store the value of the number of game medals CT30, the value of the number of inserted medals CT31, and the value of the number of paid out medals CT32.

The value of the number of inserted medals CT31 is the number of medals inserted or settled (cancelled insertion) between the first transmission timing of the previous "Hall Control/Fraud Monitoring Information" and the first transmission timing of the current "Hall Control/Fraud Monitoring Information", as counted by the medal count control CPU 301. After storage in the "Hall Control/Fraud Monitoring Information" and comparison with the comparative number of inserted medals CT15 are completed, the value of the number of inserted medals CT31 is cleared to "0".

The value of the number of medals paid out CT32 is the number of medals paid out between the first transmission timing of the previous "Hall Control/Fraud Monitoring Information" and the first transmission timing of the current "Hall Control/Fraud Monitoring Information", as counted by the medal count control CPU 301. After storage in the "Hall Control/Fraud Monitoring Information" and comparison with the comparative number of medals paid out CT16 are completed, the value of the number of medals paid out CT32 is cleared to "0".

Furthermore, among the multiple items of "hole control/fraud monitoring information", for example, the items "count information 1" and "count information 2" in FIG. 12 are items whose values are managed on the main control CPU 101 side. , "Game information" including the "Count information 1" and "Count information 2" ("Number of game information", "Type information 1", "Count information 1", "Type information 2", " Predetermined information is stored in "Count Information 2"). Specifically, when both the value of the number of inputs CT11 and the value of the number of payouts CT12 sent from the main control CPU 101 are "0", "0" is stored in the item "number of game information". Furthermore, if the value of the number of inputs CT11 sent from the main control CPU 101 is other than "0" and the value of the number of payouts CT12 is "0", "1" is stored in the item "Number of game information", and the item "Type A value for notifying the input is stored in the item "Information 1", and the value of the number of inputs CT11 is stored as the number of inputs in the item "Count information 1". Furthermore, if the value of the number of inputs CT11 sent from the main control CPU 101 is "0" and the value of the number of payouts CT12 is other than "0", "1" is stored in the item "Number of game information", and the item "Type A value for notifying the payout is stored in the item "Information 1", and the value of the payout number CT12 is stored as the number of payouts in the item "Count information 1". Furthermore, if the value of the number of inputs CT11 sent from the main control CPU 101 is other than "0" and the value of the number of payouts CT12 is other than "0", "2" is stored in the item "Number of game information", and the item "Number of game information" is stored with "2". The value for notifying the input is stored in the item ``Type information 1'', the value of the input number CT11 is stored as the number of inputs in the item ``Count information 1'', and the value for notifying the payout is stored in the item ``Type information 2''. The value of the payout number CT12 is stored in the item "Count Information 2" as the payout number. Note that the items "main control status 1" and "gaming machine fraud 1" in FIG. 12 are also items whose values are managed on the main control CPU 101 side.

The medal number control CPU 301 performs the following (processing 1) to (processing 4) in step S1307.

(Process 1) When the value of the insertion count CT11 received from the main control CPU 101 is not "0", the medal count control CPU 301 checks whether the value of the insertion count CT11 is the settable insertion count (in this embodiment, "1" to "3") that is generally expected (defined by rules, etc.) for the slot machine SM and other slot machines and that can be set as the number of medals to be inserted in one game, and if it is not the settable insertion count, it issues a specified notification (for example, a notification of an abnormality in the number of insertions in one game).

(Processing 2) If the value of the payout number CT12 received from the main control CPU 101 is not "0", the medal number control CPU 301 determines that the value of the payout number CT12 can be generally assumed in the slot machine SM and other slot machines. Check whether the set permissible number of payouts (in this embodiment, "1" to "15") is the number of medals to be paid out in one game (defined by rules, etc.). If the number of payouts is not the set permissible number of payouts, a predetermined notification (for example, notification of an abnormality in the number of payouts in one game) is performed.

(Process 3) The medal count control CPU 301 compares the value of the comparative medal count CT15 received from the main control CPU 101 with the value of the medal count CT31, and checks whether the result of subtracting the value of the medal count CT31 from the value of the comparative medal count CT15 is within the range of "-1" to "1". If it is not within the range, a specified notification is made (for example, a notification of an abnormality in the number of medals inserted between the previous transmission of "Hall Control/Fraud Monitoring Information" and the current transmission of "Hall Control/Fraud Monitoring Information"). The reason why "-1" to "1" is the normal range is that if the first transmission timing of "Hall Control/Fraud Monitoring Information" occurs between the counting process by the main control CPU 101 and the counting process by the medal count control CPU 301, in the insertion sequence and maximum insertion sequence, the value of the comparative medal count CT15 is 1 greater than the value of the medal count CT31, and in the settlement sequence, the value of the comparative medal count CT15 is 1 less than the value of the medal count CT31.

(Processing 4) The medal number control CPU 301 compares the value of the comparative number of paid out medals CT16 received from the main control CPU 101 and the value of the number of paid out medals CT32, and calculates the value of the number of paid out medals CT32 from the value of the comparative number of paid out and paid medals CT16. Check whether the result of subtracting is within the range of "0" to "1", and if it is not within the range, the specified notification (for example, the change from the previous transmission of "Hole Con/Fraud Monitoring Information" to the current (notification of abnormalities in the number of payouts until the sending of "Hole Con/Fraud Monitoring Information"). The normal range of "0" to "1" is due to the fact that the first transmission timing of "hole con/fraud monitoring information" is between the counting process by the main control CPU 101 and the counting process by the medal number control CPU 301. This is based on the fact that if there is, in the payout sequence, the value of the comparative number of payout medals CT16 will be 1 larger than the value of the number of payout medals CT32.

After processing step S1302, the main control CPU 101 clears the number of medals inserted CT11, the number of medals paid out CT12, the comparative number of medals inserted CT15, and the comparative number of medals paid out CT16 to "0" (step S1308). After processing step S1307, the medal count control CPU 301 clears the number of medals inserted CT31 and the number of medals paid out CT32 to "0" (step S1309).

When an opportunity to move a pseudo medal occurs related to either the insertion of a pseudo medal, settlement of the pseudo medal (cancellation of the insertion of a pseudo medal), or payout of a pseudo medal before the request timing corresponding to the first transmission timing at which the message "Game Machine Information Notification" storing the next "Hall Control/Fraud Monitoring Information" is sent, the pseudo medal movement sequence is performed without waiting for the request timing to arrive, and in this case the entire movement sequence is performed (step S1310).

Here, if the movement of the pseudo medal is triggered by a pressing operation of the bet switch 7 related to the insertion of a medal, the movement sequence to be executed is steps S706 to S716 of the insertion sequence of FIG. 24. Furthermore, when the movement of the pseudo medal is triggered by the press operation of the maximum bet switch 8 related to the injection of the pseudo medal, the movement sequence to be executed is steps S706 to S711, S802 to S807, and S712 to S716 of the maximum injection sequence in FIG. or steps S706 to S711, S901 to S903, and S712 to S716 of the maximum input sequence in FIG. Further, when the movement of the pseudo medal is triggered by a pressing operation of the settlement switch 33 related to settlement (cancellation of insertion) of the pseudo medal, the movement sequence to be executed is steps S1004 to S1016 of the settlement sequence in FIG. 27. Further, when the trigger for moving the pseudo medals is related to the payout of the pseudo medals, the movement sequence to be executed is steps S1104 to S1117 of the payout sequence in FIG. 28.

In steps S1311 to S1319, the same contents as steps S1301 to S1309 described above are performed.

If an opportunity to move a pseudo medal occurs related to inserting a pseudo medal, settling the pseudo medal (cancelling the insertion of a pseudo medal), or paying out a pseudo medal before the request timing corresponding to the first transmission timing at which the message "Game Machine Information Notification" storing the next "Hall Control/Fraud Monitoring Information" is sent, the pseudo medal movement sequence is performed without waiting for the request timing, but if the request timing occurs during the pseudo medal movement sequence, steps S1321 to 1329 are performed with priority. Here, only the first half of the movement sequence is performed (step S1320).

Here, if the movement of the pseudo medals is triggered by a pressing operation of the bet switch 7 related to the insertion of medals, the movement sequence to be executed is a continuous part of the insertion sequence from step S706 in FIG. 24. Furthermore, if the movement of the pseudo medals is triggered by the pressing operation of the maximum bet switch 8 related to the insertion of medals, the movement sequence to be executed may be a continuous part from step S706 of the maximum insertion sequence in FIG. This may be a continuous part of the maximum input sequence from step S706. Further, when the movement of the pseudo medals is triggered by a pressing operation of the settlement switch 33 related to settlement of medals (cancellation of insertion), the movement sequence to be executed is a continuous part of the settlement sequence from step S1004 in FIG. 27. Further, if the trigger for moving the pseudo medals is related to the payout of the pseudo medals, the movement sequence to be executed is a part of the payout sequence from step S1104 in FIG. 28.

In this embodiment, when the request timing arrives during the pseudo medal movement sequence, the pseudo medal movement sequence is immediately interrupted and steps S1321 to 1329 are carried out as a priority, but this is not limited to the above. For example, if the request timing arrives during steps S708 to S711 in FIG. 24, the pseudo medal movement sequence may be interrupted after the processing of step S711 is completed, and steps S1321 to 1329 may be carried out. Alternatively, if the request timing arrives during the movement processing of one medal, the pseudo medal movement sequence may continue until the movement processing of one medal is completed, and after the movement processing of one medal is completed, the pseudo medal movement sequence may be interrupted and steps S1321 to 1329 may be carried out. In this case, when the value of the comparative number of inserted medals CT15 received from the main control CPU 101 is compared with the value of the number of inserted medals CT31, if the value of the comparative number of inserted medals CT15 and the value of the number of inserted medals CT31 are not the same, a predetermined notification (for example, a notification of an abnormality in the number of inserted medals between the previous transmission of the "Hall Control/Fraud Monitoring Information" and the current transmission of the "Hall Control/Fraud Monitoring Information") may be made, and when the value of the comparative number of paid out medals CT16 received from the main control CPU 101 is compared with the value of the number of paid out medals CT32, if the value of the comparative number of paid in/out medals CT16 and the value of the number of paid out medals CT32 are not the same, a predetermined notification (for example, a notification of an abnormality in the number of paid out medals between the previous transmission of the "Hall Control/Fraud Monitoring Information" and the current transmission of the "Hall Control/Fraud Monitoring Information") may be made.

Steps S1321 to S1329 are the same as steps S1301 to S1309 described above.

By the time the request timing corresponding to the first transmission timing at which the message "Game Machine Information Notification" storing the next "Hall Control/Fraud Monitoring Information" is transmitted arrives, the second half of the movement sequence, the first half of which was performed in step S1320, is performed (step S1330).

Here, if the first half of the insertion sequence is performed in step S1320, the process continues from the insertion sequence in FIG. 24 and then to step S716. Also, if the first half of the maximum insertion sequence is performed in step S1320, the process continues from the maximum insertion sequence in FIG. 25 and then to step S716, or from the maximum insertion sequence in FIG. 26 and then to step S716. Also, if the first half of the settlement sequence is performed in step S1320, the process continues from the settlement sequence in FIG. 27 and then to step S1016. Also, if the first half of the dispensing sequence is performed in step S1320, the process continues from the dispensing sequence in FIG. 28 and then to step S1117.

In steps S1331 to S1339, the same contents as steps S1301 to S1309 described above are performed.

Note that the movement sequence may involve all or part of one movement sequence and all or part of another movement sequence between the previous "Gaming Machine Information Notification" message and the current "Gaming Machine Information Notification" message, or the movement sequence may be divided into three or more parts and implemented.

By the time the request timing corresponding to the first transmission timing when the next telegram "gaming machine information notification" storing "Hole console/fraud monitoring information" is reached, pseudo medals must be inserted, pseudo medals settled (pseudo medals There is no opportunity to move the pseudo medals related to either the cancellation of the insertion (cancellation of the insertion) or the payout of the pseudo medals, and the movement sequence is not performed. In this case as well, steps S1340 to S1348 carry out the same content as steps S1301 to S1309.

Next, the medal count control CPU 301 of the slot machine SM responds to the first transmission timing of the periodically arriving telegram "gaming machine information notification" to the unit CPU 501 of the card unit CU, and makes an information request to the main control CPU 101 of the slot machine SM at the timing (request timing) prior to the transmission of the telegram "gaming machine information notification" to the unit CPU 501 of the card unit CU (step S1349). The main control CPU 101, which has received a request from the medal count control CPU 301, determines that the request is related to "gaming machine installation information" based on the transmission cycles of the above-mentioned "hall control/fraud monitoring information," "gaming machine installation information," and "gaming machine performance information" and their priorities, and responds to the medal count control CPU 301 with information on at least the items not managed by the medal count control CPU 301 (items "main control chip ID number" to "main control chip product code" in FIG. 11) among the multiple items of "gaming machine installation information" at a timing within a predetermined time range from the request timing (timing prior to transmission of the message "gaming machine information notification" to the unit CPU 501: response timing) (step S1350).

The medal count control CPU301 of the slot machine SM transmits the message "Gaming Machine Information Notification" storing the "Gaming Machine Installation Information" to the unit CPU501 of the card unit CU at the first transmission timing of the periodically arriving message "Gaming Machine Information Notification" to the unit CPU501 of the card unit CU (step S1351). Next, the medal count control CPU301 transmits the message "Counting Notification" to the unit CPU501 (step S1352). Next, the unit CPU501 transmits the message "Lending Notification" to the medal count control CPU301 (step S1353). Next, the medal count control CPU301 transmits the message "Lending Receipt Result Response" to the unit CPU501 (step S1354).

Next, the medal count control CPU 301 of the slot machine SM responds to the first transmission timing of the periodically arriving telegram "gaming machine information notification" to the unit CPU 501 of the card unit CU, and makes an information request to the main control CPU 101 of the slot machine SM at the timing (request timing) prior to the transmission of the telegram "gaming machine information notification" to the unit CPU 501 of the card unit CU (step S1355). The main control CPU 101, which has received a request from the medal count control CPU 301, determines that the request is related to "game machine performance information" based on the transmission cycles of the above-mentioned "hall control/fraud monitoring information," "game machine installation information," and "game machine performance information" and their priorities, and responds to the medal count control CPU 301 with information on at least the items of the "game machine performance information" that are not managed by the medal count control CPU 301 (in this embodiment, items "total number of inserts" to "status ratio of gimmicks, etc." in FIG. 10) within a predetermined time range from the request timing (timing prior to sending the message "game machine information notification" to the unit CPU 501: response timing) (step S1356).

The medal number control CPU 301 of the slot machine SM sends a message "gaming machine performance The electronic message ``gaming machine information notification'' containing ``information'' is transmitted (step S1357). Subsequently, the medal number control CPU 301 transmits a message "count notification" to the unit CPU 501 (step S1358). Subsequently, the unit CPU 501 transmits a message "notification of lending" to the medal number control CPU 301 (step S1359). Subsequently, the medal number control CPU 301 transmits a message "loan receipt result response" to the unit CPU 501 (step S1360).

Note that, with regard to the first transmission timing for transmitting the "Gaming Machine Information Notification" message that stores "Gaming Machine Installation Information" and the "Gaming Machine Information Notification" message that stores "Gaming Machine Performance Information", the processing corresponding to steps S1307 to S1309 in FIG. 30 is not performed.

(When the transmission timing of each item of "machine information" overlaps)
The transmission item control means 301g transmits the message "gaming machine information notification" to the card unit CU periodically, with one cycle being 300 ms. "Gaming machine information", which is part of the data section of the "gaming machine information notification", is also transmitted to the card unit CU every 300 ms. The "gaming machine information" further includes three types of items: "gaming machine performance information", "gaming machine installation information", and "hall control/fraud monitoring information", and the transmission item control means 301g transmits one of the "gaming machine performance information", "gaming machine installation information", and "hall control/fraud monitoring information" in one transmission timing.

Regarding the basic transmission timing of "gaming machine performance information", "gaming machine installation information", and "hole console/fraud monitoring information" by the transmission item control means 301g,
The "gaming machine installation information" is transmitted to the card unit CU as the "gaming machine information" of the telegram "gaming machine information notification" 60 seconds after the start-up of the slot machine SM is completed, and is thereafter transmitted every 60 seconds.
The "gaming machine performance information" is transmitted to the card unit CU as the "gaming machine information" of the message "gaming machine information notification" after 180 seconds have elapsed since the start-up of the slot machine SM is completed, and is thereafter transmitted every 180 seconds.
"Hole con/fraud monitoring information" is transmitted to the card unit CU as "gaming machine information" of the telegram "gaming machine information notification" when the activation of the slot machine SM is completed, and is thereafter transmitted at a cycle of 300 ms.

According to these transmission timings, there are cases in which the transmission timings of "gaming machine installation information" and "hole control/fraud monitoring information" overlap, and cases in which "gaming machine performance information", "gaming machine installation information", and "hole control/fraud monitoring information" overlap. The transmission timings of all "Unauthorized Monitoring Information" may overlap. In this case, based on the priority order shown in FIG. 20, the transmission item control means 301g transmits "gaming machine installation information", "gaming machine performance information", and "hole console/fraud monitoring information" to the card unit CU in this order. do. Therefore, if the transmission timings of "gaming machine installation information", "gaming machine performance information", and "hole console/fraud monitoring information" all overlap, the transmission item control means 301g transmits the "gaming machine installation information" that has the highest priority. Sends a message "gaming machine information notification" containing "installation information".

At this time, the remaining "gaming machine installation information" and "hall control and fraud monitoring information" will be sent in the next cycle (300 ms later), but in the next cycle, a "gaming machine information notification" message containing the "gaming machine installation information" which has the higher priority will be sent. Then, in the next cycle, a "gaming machine information notification" message containing the "hall control and fraud monitoring information" will be sent.

With this type of transmission configuration, the following problems may occur. For example, the "Hall Control/Fraud Monitoring Information" stores the number of pseudo medals inserted that have been processed between the main control CPU 101 and the medal count control CPU 301 between the previous transmission timing and the current transmission timing (see "Number of Inserted Medals" in "Gaming Machine Information" in FIG. 12). As shown in FIG. 34, assume that of the specified number of pseudo medals (3 medals) required to play one game, only one medal has been inserted between the main control CPU 101 and the medal count control CPU 301 and the insertion process has been completed, and a "Gaming Machine Information Notification" message storing the "Hall Control/Fraud Monitoring Information" is transmitted (transmission timing A1). In this case, one medal is transmitted to the card unit CU as the "Number of Inserted Medals".

Then, let us say that the remaining insertion process is completed by the time of the next cycle, transmission timing A2, and then the start switch 9 is operated to start playing, and the transmission timings of "Gaming Machine Installation Information," "Gaming Machine Performance Information," and "Hall Control/Fraud Monitoring Information" all coincide at transmission timing A2. In this case, according to the above-mentioned priority order, at transmission timing A2, the telegram "Gaming Machine Information Notification" containing the "Gaming Machine Installation Information" is transmitted, and the transmission of the remaining items is put on hold.

At transmission timing A3 of the next cycle, which comes with the information that the game has started, the message "gaming machine information notification" containing the "gaming machine performance information" with a high priority is transmitted, and the "hall console/fraud monitoring information" is sent. Transmission will be put on hold. Furthermore, it is assumed that the stop switches 10L, 10M, and 10R are operated to end the game and the insertion process for the next game (three pseudo medals) is completed before the transmission timing A4 of the next cycle arrives. In this case, at transmission timing A4, a telegram "gaming machine information notification" containing "hole con/fraud monitoring information" will be sent, but the "number of inserted medals" will be the two medals from the previous game and the number of medals from the current game. The number of cards will be five, which is three times the number of cards, and the information will be transmitted to the card unit CU.

Note that the maximum number of inserted medals for one game is stipulated as 3, and assuming that the insertion of 3 medals is cancelled, the range of the "number of inserted medals" received by the card unit CU is - It is set to 3 to +3. If information exceeding this range is received, the card unit CU recognizes it as an error. Therefore, in a configuration in which each piece of information ("gaming machine installation information", "gaming machine performance information", "hole console/fraud monitoring information") is transmitted in accordance with the priority order as shown in Figure 34, normal insertion processing cannot be performed. In some cases, the card unit CU recognizes the error as an error even though the error has been detected. Therefore, in order to prevent such errors, the transmission item control means 301g controls the transmission of each item as shown in FIG.

For example, if only one of the specified number of pseudo medals (three medals) required to play one game has been inserted between the main control CPU 101 and the medal number control CPU 301, then the It is assumed that a message "gaming machine information notification" containing "information" is transmitted (transmission timing B1). In this case, one medal is sent to the card unit CU as the "number of inserted medals". Then, it is assumed that the remaining input processing is completed before the next cycle of transmission timing B2 arrives, and the start switch 9 is further operated to start the game. At this time, an input signal indicating that the game has started is transmitted from the main control CPU 101, and based on reception of the signal, the transmission item control means 301g sets the input completion flag to ON. The input completion flag can be set, for example, in a predetermined area of the flag storage means 302b.

It is assumed that at the next transmission timing B2, the transmission timings of "gaming machine installation information", "gaming machine performance information", and "hole console/fraud monitoring information" all overlap. At this time, the transmission item control means 301g checks the input completion flag before determining the priority order of the information whose transmission timings overlap. As a result of the confirmation, if the flag is set to ON, before reaching the flow that determines the predetermined priority order, the message "Game machine information" containing "Hole console/fraud monitoring information" is sent. Send a notification. In this case, the remaining two medals are sent to the card unit CU as the "number of inserted medals" (within the range of -3 to +3). At this time, the transmission of "gaming machine installation information" and "gaming machine performance information" is suspended. In addition, the insertion completion flag may be set to turn OFF at the timing when the electronic message ``gaming machine information notification'' containing ``Hole console/fraud monitoring information'' is sent, or all stop switches 10L, 10M, and 10R may be set to turn OFF. It may be set to turn off at the timing when a signal indicating that the game has ended due to an operation is transmitted from the main control CPU 101.

At the transmission timing B3 of the next cycle that comes with the information that the game has started, the insertion completion flag is set to OFF, so the message "Game machine information" containing the "Game machine installation information" with higher priority is sent. "Notification" will be sent, and "gaming machine performance information" with lower priority will be put on hold. Further, it is assumed that the stop switches 10L, 10M, and 10R are operated to end the game and the insertion process for the next game (three pseudo medals) is completed before the transmission timing B4 of the next cycle arrives. At transmission timing B4, if the start switch 9 is not operated and the game has not started, the input signal is not set and the input completion flag is set to OFF. In this case, the transmission item control means 301g transmits a message "gaming machine information notification" that stores "gaming machine performance information" in a pending state with a high priority, and "hole console/fraud monitoring information" is put on hold. Then, at the transmission timing (not shown) in the next period after the transmission timing B4, a telegram "gaming machine information notification" containing the pending "hole console/fraud monitoring information" is transmitted. At this time, +3 medals are sent to the card unit CU as the "number of inserted medals" (within the range of -3 to +3 medals).

If the insertion completion flag up to transmission timing B4 is set to ON, "hole con/fraud monitoring information" is prioritized, and the remaining +3 medals are sent to the card unit CU as the "number of inserted medals" ( (within the range of -3 to +3). In addition, in the "Hole Con/Fraud Monitoring Information" there is also an item "Number of medals paid out", and the range of the number of medals paid out in one game is defined as 0 to +15 medals, and if the number exceeds this range. When the information is received, the card unit CU recognizes it as an error. Therefore, when the transmission timing for the number of payout medals comes in the middle of the payout process of the game, the same error as in the case of the "number of inserted medals" may occur.

For example, when you win a winning combination that gives you a payout of 15 pseudo medals, when the payout process for 3 medals is completed between the main control CPU 101 and the medal number control CPU 301, the "hole con/fraud monitoring information" is sent. , if the transmission timings of "gaming machine installation information", "gaming machine performance information", and "hole control/fraud monitoring information" all overlap in the next cycle, the transmission of "hole control/fraud monitoring information" will be delayed. If the next game is held and the next game ends and you win a winning combination that will give you a payout of 15 pseudo medals, the remaining 12 medals from the previous game and 15 coins from the relevant game will be added as the "number of payout medals". A total of 27 images can be transmitted (outside the range of 0 to +15 images).

Therefore, when the game ends and the payout process is completed, the main control CPU 101 transmits a payout completion signal to the medal count control CPU 301, and the transmission item control means 301g, which receives the signal, sets the payout completion flag to ON. Then, when the flag is set to ON, the message "Game Machine Information Notification" which stores "Hall Control/Fraud Monitoring Information" is transmitted even if the transmission timing overlaps with other items. The payout completion flag can be set, for example, in a specified area of the flag storage means 302b. In this way, it is possible to prevent the card unit CU from recognizing the number of medals paid out as an error.

Furthermore, a timer is provided to manage the transmission timing of "gaming machine installation information", "gaming machine performance information", and "hole con/fraud monitoring information", and the transmission item control means 301g sets the insertion completion flag to ON. When this occurs, the timer for each of the "gaming machine installation information" and "gaming machine performance information" may be incremented by +300 ms. If this is done, the transmission mode will be the same as in FIG. 35.

(Payout information generation process)
Next, with reference to FIG. 36, the payout process at the end of the game will be described. In this embodiment, the stop control of each reel 6L, 6M, 6R by the reel rotation control means 101f is performed by a stop switch 10L, 10M, 10R corresponding to the reel 6L, 6M, 6R, respectively. Starts when is operated (pressed). At this time, the reel rotation control means 101f determines the stop table 102b based on the winning combination result and the timing at which the stop switches 10L, 10M, and 10R are operated, and based on the table 102b, the reels 6L, 6M, and 6R. Performs stop control. That is, at the time when the reel rotation control means 101f determines the stop table 102b, the positions at which the reels 6L, 6M, and 6R will stop are determined. In addition, when the stop switches 10L, 10M, 10R are pressed down while the operation is valid, the reels 6L, 6M, 6R stop even if they continue to be pressed down.

It can be determined which winning combination has been won at the time when the stop switches 10L, 10M, 10R on the third stop reel are operated and the reel rotation control means 101f selects the stop table 102b. Therefore, in this embodiment, the determining means 101g determines (i) the stopping manner of the first and second stop reels, that is, the operation timings of the stop switches 10L, 10M, and 10R of the first and second stop reels, and (ii) ) winning lottery result and (iii) operation timing of the stop switches 10L, 10M, 10R of the third stop reel (timing when the stop table 102b was selected based on the operation of the stop switches 10L, 10M, 10R related to the third stop) Determine based on.

Therefore, the determination means 101g makes a determination at the timing when the stop switches 10L, 10M, 10R of the third stop reel are pressed, regardless of whether or not they continue to be pressed (whether or not they are stopped being pressed). Execute the process (payout information generation process). The generated payout information will be processed as soon as the payout information generation process is completed, regardless of whether or not the stop switches 10L, 10M, and 10R of the third stop reel continue to be pressed (whether or not they are stopped being pressed). It is transmitted from the main control CPU 101 (determination means 101g) to the medal number control CPU 301, and further transmitted from the medal number control CPU 301 to the unit CPU 501. Note that the "payout information" here is stored in the "gaming information" ("type information 2", "count information 2": see FIGS. 12 and 13) of the "gaming machine information notification".

On the other hand, even if the determination process by the determination means 101g is completed and the winning combination is determined, the payout process by the first payout process means 101h is not performed by operating (pressing) the stop switches 10L, 10M, and 10R applied to the third stop reel. It will start after the end. Therefore, if the stop switches 10L, 10M, and 10R associated with the third stop reel are pressed down and held down for a while, payout information is sent to the card unit CU while they continue to be pressed down. , information regarding the payout process will be transmitted to the card unit CU after the press is finished. Note that the "information regarding payout processing" here is stored in "gaming machine information (hole console/fraud monitoring information)" ("number of payout medals": see FIG. 12) of "gaming machine information notification".

In addition, in the actual game, you may continue to press the stop switches 10L, 10M, and 10R on the third stop reel to enjoy the afterglow until the start of the bonus or to enjoy the desired reach number. . Here, as an example, when the power supply to the card unit CU is cut off while the stop switches 10L, 10M, and 10R connected to the third stop reel continue to be pressed, "payout information", "information regarding payout processing", etc. ” will be explained below.

As described above, even if the stop switches 10L, 10M, and 10R on the third stop reel are pressed and the pressing continues, the "payout information" is sent to the card unit CU, and the card unit CU grasps the information. If the power supply to the card unit CU is interrupted while the pressing continues, the card unit CU will not supply voltage (VL) to the slot machine SM, and the operation of the stop switches 10L, 10M, and 10R will be invalidated (control is performed so that the operation is not valid) and the pressing will end. The main control CPU 101 (first payout processing means 101h) will perform a payout process after the pressing of the stop switches 10L, 10M, and 10R has ended, and the payout process (game value update process) will end in the slot machine SM. Furthermore, when the payout process is completed, the game medal count display 26 displays the available number data reflecting the process, and the payout display 46 displays the data (processing based on the results of the game value update process). Note that if the specifications are such that the operation of the stop switches 10L, 10M, and 10R is not disabled even when the card unit CU does not supply voltage (VL) to the slot machine SM, the payout process will be performed after the actual pressing is completed.

Incidentally, in a configuration in which the determination process by the determination means 101g is started when the pressing of the stop switches 10L, 10M, and 10R on the third reel is stopped, as in the case of the first payout process means 101h, if the power supply to the card unit CU is cut off while the stop switches 10L, 10M, and 10R on the third reel are being pressed, the "payout information" cannot be received. Furthermore, when no voltage (VL) is supplied from the card unit CU to the slot machine SM, the operation of the stop switches 10L, 10M, and 10R is disabled (pressing has ended), and the payout process is performed by the main control CPU 101 (first payout process means 101h). In this case, a discrepancy will occur between the number of medals owned by the player (available medal count data) managed by the slot machine SM and the available medal count data managed by the card unit CU, and the card unit CU will not be able to grasp the "payout information" either (see the dashed line of "Sending payout information to the unit side" in FIG. 36). Furthermore, if the card unit CU or hall computer is displaying the (number of inserted medals)/(number of paid out medals) calculation or the current medal count along with the "payout information" and "insertion information," a discrepancy will occur between this value and the available medal count data displayed on the game medal count display 26, which may cause the player to become suspicious.

On the other hand, according to the configuration of this embodiment, since the "payout information" can be received before the power supply to the card unit CU is cut off, even if the power supply to the card unit CU is cut off while pressing the stop switches 10L, 10M, and 10R on the third reel, there is no discrepancy between the available number data based on the "payout information" received before the power supply is cut off and the available number data based on the result of the payout process performed in the slot machine SM after the power supply is cut off. Also, if the power supply to the card unit CU is cut off before the stop switches 10L, 10M, and 10R on the third reel are operated (for example, when two reels are stopped but the last reel is spinning), the voltage VL is no longer supplied from the card unit CU, and the operation of the stop switches 10L, 10M, and 10R on the third reel is invalid, so that the payout process is not performed in the slot machine SM after the power supply to the card unit CU is cut off. Therefore, in this case, too, there is no discrepancy between the available number data stored in the slot machine SM and the available number data stored in the card unit CU. Also, in a configuration in which the determination process by the determination means 101g is started when the stop switches 10L, 10M, and 10R on the third stop reel are no longer pressed, there may be a discrepancy between the available number data stored in the slot machine SM and the available number data stored in the card unit CU, making it difficult for the administrator to determine which available number data, the slot machine SM side or the card unit CU side, should be trusted when restoring the slot machine SM, making restoration difficult. On the other hand, in this embodiment, there is no discrepancy between the available number data stored in the slot machine SM and the available number data stored in the card unit CU, making subsequent restoration easier.

(board case)
Next, the board case KC that houses the main control board 100 and the medal count control board 300 will be described with reference to FIGS. 38 to 58. Note that the board case KC is formed by injection molding using a transparent thermoplastic resin, specifically, PC, ABS, or PMMA. Furthermore, in FIGS. 38 to 58, the x direction corresponds to the left and right direction when looking at the slot machine SM from the front, the y direction corresponds to the front and back direction, and the z direction corresponds to the up and down direction.

As shown in FIG. 38, a support plate KYb is attached to the top of the back plate KYa of the housing KY, and the bottom end of the board case KC is attached to this support plate KYb so as to be freely rotatable. This support plate KYb is formed by injection molding using a transparent thermoplastic resin, specifically PC, ABS, or PMMA, like the board case KC, and is placed at the top of the inside of the back plate of the housing KY of the slot machine SM. As shown in FIG. 38 to FIG. 42, the board case KC comprises a first board case K101 and a second board case K102, and the first board case K101 houses a main control board 100 that controls the progress of the game, and the second board case K102 houses a medal count control board 300 that controls the payout of medals.

The main control board 100 and the medal count control board 300 are connected by BtoB (board-to-board). Specifically, a first connector part K103 is provided at the left end lower part of the rectangular main control board 100, and the first connector part K103 is arranged in a state where a part is exposed from the left side lower part of the first board case K101, and a second connector part K104 is provided at the right end lower part of the medal count control board 300, and the second connector part K104 is arranged in a state where a part is exposed from the right side lower part of the second board case K102. Then, the first and second connector parts K103 and K104, which are partially exposed from the first and second board cases K101 and K102, respectively, are fitted together, and the main control board 100 and the medal count control board 300 are electrically connected by BtoB connection. In this way, when the first and second connector parts K103 and K104 are connected BtoB, the first and second board cases K101 and K102 are joined with almost no gaps at the boundary, eliminating gaps that could be accessed with wire, for example, and ensuring security in the joined state.

In addition, an extending piece K105 is formed extending rightward at the upper right end and lower right end of the lid member K102a of the second board case K102, and both extending pieces K105 and the first board case K101. Screw holes K105a are formed at the rear positions of both extending pieces K105 of the lid member K101a, and screws K106 are screwed into these screw holes K105a from the front, thereby connecting the first and second connector parts K103 and K104. The first and second board cases K101 and K102 in a BtoB connected state are combined. At this time, the first and second board cases K101 and K102 are more firmly connected without any gaps that could be accessed by a wire or the like as described above, which not only prevents the connector from falling off but also improves security. You can also plan.

Furthermore, as shown in FIGS. 38 to 42, the first and second board cases K101 and K102 have first and second board cases at their lower portions so as to be able to pivot around the upper parts of the first and second board cases K101 and K102. A pivot shaft portion K107 having a left-right pivot shaft that supports the lower portions of the two substrate cases K101 and K102 on a support plate KYb is provided. The pivot shaft section K107 includes a first pivot shaft section K108 on the first substrate case K101 side and a second pivot shaft section K109 on the second substrate case K102 side. In addition, in FIGS. 38, 39, 41, and 42, K100 is a setting change key cylinder accommodating part provided at the lower right end of the front surface of the first board case K101, and the key cylinder is inserted into this accommodating part K100 from the front. is inserted and placed. The configurations of the first and second pivot portions K108 and K109 will be described in detail below.

First, the configuration of the first board case K101 will be described with reference to Figures 38 to 45. As shown in Figures 43 to 45, the first board case K101 is composed of a cover member K101a and a base member K101b, and the main control board 100 is stored in a storage space formed when the cover member K101a and the base member K101b are fitted together. As shown in Figure 40, the mounting surface MKa of this main control board 100 is formed in a rectangular shape, and the main control board 100 is fixed to the cover member K101a by inserting screws from the rear into screw insertion holes provided in each of the four corners. A main control CPU 101 and multiple electronic components including a monitor LED are mounted on the mounting surface MKa of the main control board 100. In addition, the cover member K101a and the base member K101b are both formed by injection molding using a transparent thermoplastic resin, specifically PC, ABS, or PMMA, making the main control board 100 visible from the outside.

As shown in FIGS. 38 and 39, a temporary fixing part K101c is formed at the upper right end of the first board case K101, and the cover member K101a is attached to the base member K101b with the main control board 100 attached to the cover member K101a. The lid member K101a and the base member K101b cannot be easily separated after they are overlapped and temporarily fixed by the temporary fixing part K101c. Specifically, a seal K101d is attached to the surface of the lid member K101a in the temporary fixing part K101c, and the lid member K101a and the base member K101b cannot be separated unless the seal K101d is peeled off. The peeling leaves traces of the opening of the first board case K101.

As shown in FIG. 43, the lid member K101a consists of a rectangular flat plate K101a1 and four surrounding side plates K101a2 on the rear end side. An extension plate K101a3 is formed, and as shown in FIG. 44 when the lid member K101a is viewed from the back side, downward locking portions K101a4 are provided at the left rear end and the right rear end of the extension plate K101a3, respectively. By locking into a locking hole on the base member K101b side, which will be described later, the fitted state of the lid member K101a and the base member K101b is maintained.

In addition, a rectangular upper right extension K101a5 is formed at the upper right end of the flat plate K101a1 of the cover member K101a, and extends to the right. As described below, the upper right extension K101a5 is used as a rotation operation part for rotating the upper part of the first board case K101 forward by hooking a finger or the like thereon.

Further, below the upper right extending part K101a5 of the lid member K101a, a rectangular lower right extending part K101a6 that constitutes the temporary fixing part K101c is integrally formed at the lower end of the upper right extending part K101a5, and the lower right extending part K101a6 is integrally formed with the lower end of the upper right extending part K101a5. A ring K101a8 having a larger diameter than the through hole K101a7 is attached to the back side of the circular through hole K101a7 formed in the center of the part K101a6, and a ring K101a8 having a larger diameter than the through hole K101a7 is attached to the oblong recess formed on the base member K101b side as described later. In the fitted state, the lid member K101a is temporarily fixed to the base member K101b by screwing the screw K101a9 into the through hole K101a7, the ring K101a8, and the screw hole of the recess from the front.

A rectangular notch K101a10 through which a part of the first connector part K103 is exposed is formed at a slightly lower position in the center of the rear end of the left side plate K101a2 of the lid member K101a, and this side of the notch K101a10 of the left side plate K101a2. A recess K101a11 is formed approximately in the center, spanning the flat plate K101a1, and this recess K101a11 and a recess on the second board case K102 side, which will be described later, allow a tool such as a flat head screwdriver to be inserted to remove the first and second board cases K101. , K102 is formed.

The lower right extension K101a12 extends downward from the center to the right end of the lower end of the flat plate K101a1 of the cover member K101a, and the lower left extension K101a13 extends downward from the lower left end of the flat plate K101a1. As shown in FIG. 44, the lower right extension K101a12 has hanging plates K101a14 and K101a15 formed integrally with the rear right and left ends thereof so as to hang down from the lower plate K101a2, and the right hanging plate K101a14 has a semi-elliptical notch K101a16 (see FIG. 43) formed at the rear center end. The shaft fixing member of the first pivot shaft K108, which will be described later in detail, is inserted into this notch K101a16.

In addition, a pair of engagement pieces K101a17 are formed integrally with the lower plate K101a2, hanging down from the left side of the hanging plate K101a14. An engagement claw K101a18 is formed on the side of the lower end of both engagement pieces K101a17 in the direction away from each other. At this time, when some kind of malfunction occurs in the main control board 100, a square tubular engagement body (not shown) is inserted from below into a rectangular engagement hole K101b10 formed in the right end of the lower surface of the right frame part K101b9 described later, and both engagement pieces K101a17 are inserted and engaged with this engagement body, so-called F-clamping is performed in a fixed manner. If the board case is illegally opened during transportation to the gaming machine manufacturer, a trace of destruction is left on at least one of the base member or the cover member (the cover member in this embodiment) to make it easier to discover the fraud.

As shown in FIG. 44, which shows the cover member K101a viewed from the rear side, a pair of hanging plates K101a19 are integrally formed on the rear side of the lower left extension K101a13 of the cover member K101a, so as to hang down from the lower plate K101a2. As shown in FIG. 43, a vertical groove K101a20 is formed in the center of the front-rear direction on the underside of both hanging plates K101a19, and when the cover member K101a is fitted to the base member K101b, the left-right reinforcing ribs at the base member K101b's screw boss roots, which will be described later, are inserted into the vertical groove K101a20, thereby positioning the cover member K101a to be fitted to the base member K101b.

Further, as shown in FIG. 43, at the lower right end and lower left end of the flat plate K101a1 of the lid member K101a, there is a rectangular recess K101a21 in which a connector for connection with an external connector mounted on the main control board 100 is exposed. , K101a22 are formed, and a through hole K101a23 is provided at the lower end of the lower left extending portion K101a13, and a screw K101a24 (see FIG. 38 ) are screwed together, and the lid member K101a is fixed in a fitted state with the base member K101b. Note that an outer plate K101a25 is provided at the right end of the flat plate K101a1 of the lid member K101a and to the right of the right side plate K101a2 with a slight interval (see FIG. 44), and when the lid member K101a is fitted to the base member K101b, , an outer plate K101a25 is fitted into a U-shaped portion of a base member K102b, which will be described later.

Next, as shown in FIG. 45, the base member K101b is composed of a rectangular flat plate K101b1 and side plates K101b2 surrounding the four peripheries on the front end side of the plate, and each side plate K101b2 has a front-to-rear width smaller than the front-to-rear width of the cover member K101a. The upper side plate K101a2 has rectangular engaging holes K101b3 that are long in the left-to-right direction at the left and right rear ends, and the two engaging portions K101a4 of the extension plate K101a3 of the cover member K101a are inserted and engaged with the two engaging holes K101b3, respectively, to maintain the fitting state of the cover member K101a with the base member K101b.

Further, on the right side of the right side plate K101b2 of the base member K101b, there is integrally formed a U-shaped part K101b4 whose horizontal section is substantially continuous in the vertical direction and has an open front side. The portion K101b4 has approximately the same front-to-back width as the right side plate K101a2 of the lid member K101a. A rectangular shape extending to the right is located slightly above the center of the right end of the U-shaped portion K101b4 and facing a part of the lower right extending portion K101a6 of the fitted lid member K101a. An extending portion K101b5 is integrally formed, and an oval recess K101b6 is formed at the upper end of this extending portion K101b5. When fitting the lid member K101a to the base member K101b, the lid member K101a is As shown in FIG. 44, the cylindrical ribs K101ar provided at the upper and lower ends of the right side plate K101a2 and the outer plate K101a25, respectively, form a U-shape of the base member K101b, as shown in FIG. The ring K101a8 of the lower right extending portion K101a6 of the lid member K101a fits into the recess K101b6 by being guided along the L-shaped groove K101bt formed at the upper right end and lower end of the left side surface of the shaped portion K101b4. At the same time, the outer plate K101a25 is fitted into the U-shaped portion K101b4 of the base member K102b (described later), and the ring K101a8 is then slid into the lower end portion of the recessed portion K101b6, thereby positioning the through hole K101a7 and the screw hole K101b7. , the screw K101a9 is screwed from the front into the through hole K101a7, the ring K101a8, and the screw hole K101b7 formed in the recess K101b6 on the lid member K101a side (see FIG. 38), and the lid member K101a is fixed to the base member K101b. Ru. In this way, by fitting the lid member K101a to the base member K101b, as shown in FIG. 44 when the lid member K102a is viewed from the back, the position is to the left of the hanging plate K101a15 and to the right of the engagement piece K101a17. The locking claw at the lower end of the caulking locking piece K101ak formed to hang down from the lower plate K101a2, and the locking claw provided at the left side of the engaged hole K101b10 of the right frame portion K101b9 of the base member K101b, as will be described later. The U-shaped body K101bK is locked, and so-called A caulking is performed in which the board case cannot be opened without destroying at least one of the base member or the lid member. Here, the L-shaped groove K101at shown in FIG. 45 forms an L-shape with the rear end extending downward, similar to the L-shaped groove K1bt shown in FIG. 47, which will be described later.

Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 45, a downwardly hanging plate K101b8 is integrally formed on the right half of the front end of the lower plate K101b2 of the base member K101b, and a right frame portion K101b9 is provided on the front side of the hanging plate K101b8, which is substantially continuous in the front-rear direction and has a circular through hole (see the broken line in FIG. 45) on the right side of the right frame portion K101b9, and the shaft portion K108a of the first pivot shaft portion K108 is attached to the right outer side of the right frame portion K101b9 in communication with this through hole. A rectangular engaged hole K101b10 is provided on the right end of the lower surface of the right frame portion K101b9, and as described above, both engaging pieces K101a17 engage with each other to perform so-called F-crimping. The lower rear end of the right frame portion K101b9 is formed in an arc shape when viewed from the side.

At this time, when the lid member K101a is fitted to the base member K101b, the open front surface of the right frame portion K101b9 is closed by the lower right extending portion K101a12 of the lid member K101a, thereby performing the so-called F caulking described above. If the board case is illegally opened while being transported to a game machine manufacturer along with the board case, the fraud is discovered by leaving traces of destruction on at least one of the base member or the lid member (in this embodiment, the lid member). It becomes easier.

In addition, a downwardly extending plate K101b11 is integrally formed at the left end of the lower plate K101b2 of the base member K101b, and a U-shaped left frame portion K101b12 is provided on the front side of this hanging plate K101b11, and a cylindrical screw boss K101b13 in the front-rear direction is attached to the inside lower part of the left frame portion K101b12 by a reinforcing rib K101b14. When the cover member K101a is fitted to the base member K101b, as described above, the ring K101a8 of the right lower extension portion K101a6 of the cover member K101a is inserted into the recess K101b6. The outer plate K101a25 is inserted into the U-shaped portion K101b4 of the base member K102b, which will be described later, and then the ring K101a8 slides to the lower end portion of the recess K101b6, so that a pair of hanging plates K101a19 of the cover member K101a are inserted from above into the inside of the frame portion K101b12 so as to straddle the screw boss K101b13, and the reinforcing rib K101b14 is inserted into the groove K101a20 on the cover member K101a side, thereby positioning the cover member K101a to fit with the base member K101b. The rear end lower portion of the left frame portion K101b12 is also formed in an arc shape in side view, similar to the right frame portion K101b9.

Furthermore, as particularly shown in FIG. 45, another shaft part K110 of the first pivot shaft part K108 is integrally provided on the right side surface of the left frame part K101b12. As shown in FIG. 39, FIG. 40, and FIG. When the substrate case K101 of No. 1 rotates, the shaft portion K110 slides on the circumferential surface of the groove K111a. Here, the length of the shaft portion K110 in the left-right direction is set larger than the width of the support portion K111 so that the support portion K111 can move in the left-right direction along the shaft portion K110 by a movement amount ΔL (see FIG. 38). ing. That is, the first board case K101 can move by ΔL in the left-right direction. On the other hand, the second board case K102 is configured so that it cannot be moved in the left-right direction, as will be described later.

Next, the configuration of the second board case K102 will be described with reference to Figures 46 to 48. As shown in Figures 46 to 48, the second board case K102 is also composed of a cover member K102a and a base member K102b, similar to the first board case K101, and the medal count control board 300 is stored in the storage space formed when the cover member K102a and the base member K102b are fitted together. As shown in Figure 40, the mounting surface HKa of this medal count control board 300 is formed in a rectangular shape, and similar to the main control board 100, the medal count control board 300 is fixed to the cover member K102a by inserting screws from the rear into the screw insertion holes provided at each of the four corners. A plurality of components including the medal count control CPU 301 are mounted on the mounting surface HKa of the medal count control board 300. Also, like the first board case K101, the cover member K102a and base member K102b are both formed by injection molding using transparent thermoplastic resin, specifically PC, ABS, or PMMA, making the medal count control board 300 visible from the outside.

As shown in Figures 38 and 39, a temporary fixing portion K102c is formed at the upper left end of the second board case K102, similar to the first board case K101, and after the medal count control board 300 is attached to the cover member K102a and the cover member K102a is placed on the base member K102b and temporarily fixed by the temporary fixing portion K102c, the cover member K102a and the base member K102b cannot be easily separated. At this time, a seal K102d is affixed to the surface of the cover member K102a at the temporary fixing portion K102c, similar to the first board case K101, and the cover member K102a and the base member K102b cannot be separated unless the seal K102d is peeled off, and the peeling of the seal K102d leaves a trace of the opening of the second board case K102.

As shown in FIG. 46, the cover member K102a is made up of a rectangular flat plate K102a1 and side plates K102a2 that surround the four sides of the rear end. A left-right extension plate K102a3 is formed at the rear end of the upper side plate K102a2. As shown in FIG. 47, which shows the cover member K102a viewed from the rear side, downward locking portions K102a4 are provided at the left and right rear ends of the extension plate K102a3. These lock into locking holes on the base member K102b, which will be described later, thereby maintaining the cover member K102a fitted to the base member K102b.

In addition, a rectangular upper left extension K102a5 is formed extending to the left at the upper left end of the flat plate K102a1 of the cover member K102a. As described below, this upper left extension K102a5 is used as a rotation operation part that allows a finger or the like to be hooked onto it to rotate the upper part of the second substrate case K102 forward, similar to the upper right extension K101a5 of the first substrate case K101.

Furthermore, a rectangular lower left extending portion K102a6 that constitutes the temporary fixing portion K102c is integrally formed at the lower end of the upper left extending portion K102a5 below the upper left extending portion K102a5 of the lid member K102a. A ring K102a8 having a larger diameter than the through hole K102a7 is attached to the back side of the circular through hole K102a7 formed in the center of the base member K102a7, and is inserted into the oval shaped recess formed on the base member K102b side as described later. In this state, the lid member K102a is temporarily fixed to the base member K102b by screwing the screw K102a9 into the through hole K102a7, the ring K102a8, and the screw hole of the recess from the front.

A rectangular notch K102a10 through which a part of the second connector part K104 is exposed is formed at a slightly lower position in the center of the rear end of the right side plate K102a2 of the lid member K102a, and in front of the notch K102a10 of the right side plate K102a2. A recess K102a11 is formed approximately in the center spanning the flat plate K102a1, and a tool such as a flat head screwdriver can be inserted into the recess K102a11 and the recess K101a11 on the first board case K101 side to drive the first and second board cases K101, A recess K112 is configured to be used to widen the gap K102.

A lower right extension K102a12 is formed extending downward from the lower right end of the flat plate K102a1 of the cover member K102a. As shown in FIG. 47, hanging plates K102a13 and K102a14 are integrally formed at the rear right and left ends of the lower right extension K102a12 so as to hang down from the lower plate K102a2, and a semi-elliptical notch K102a15 (see FIG. 46 and FIG. 47) is formed at the central rear end of the left hanging plate K102a14. The shaft fixing member of the second pivot shaft K109, which will be described in detail later, is inserted into this notch K102a15.

In addition, to the left of the right-side hanging plate K102a13, a pair of engagement pieces K102a16 are formed integrally with the lower plate K102a2, hanging down. An engagement claw K102a17 is formed on the side of the lower end of both engagement pieces K102a16 in the direction away from each other. At this time, as with the first board case K101, when some kind of malfunction occurs in the medal count control board 300, a square tubular engagement body (not shown) is inserted from below into a rectangular engagement hole K101b10 formed on the right end of the lower surface of the right frame part K102b9 described later, and both engagement pieces K102a16 are inserted and engaged into this engagement body, so-called F-clamping is performed in a fixed manner, and if the board case is illegally opened during transportation to the gaming machine manufacturer, a trace of destruction is left on at least one of the base member or the lid member (the lid member in this embodiment) to make it easier to discover the fraud.

Further, the upper ends of both engaging pieces K102a16 are curved into a symmetrical arc shape, so that a cylindrical screw boss on the base member K102b side, which will be described later, is inserted between the upper ends of both engaging pieces K102a16. Further, a circular through hole K102a18 is provided in the lower right extending portion K102a12 in the front between the upper ends of both curved engaging pieces K102a16, and a screw K102a19 (see FIG. 38) is inserted into this through hole K102a18 from the front. Then, the cover member K102a is screwed into the screw boss on the base member K102b side, and the cover member K102a is fixed in a fitted state with the base member K102b.

As shown in FIG. 46, a rectangular recess K102a20 is formed from the center of the bottom end of the flat plate K102a1 of the cover member K102a to the left end, where a connector for connecting to an external connector mounted on the medal count control board 300 is exposed. In addition, an outer plate K102a21 is provided at a small distance from the left end of the flat plate K102a1 of the cover member K102a to the left of the left side plate K102a2 (see FIG. 47). When the cover member K102a is fitted into the base member K102b, the outer plate K102a21 is fitted into the U-shaped portion of the base member K102b, which will be described later.

Next, as shown in FIG. 48, the base member K102b consists of a rectangular flat plate K102b1 and four side plates K102b2 surrounding the front end side thereof, and each side plate K102b2 is smaller than the front-to-back width of the lid member K102a. It has front and back width. A long rectangular locking hole K102b3 in the left and right direction is formed at the left rear end and right rear end of the upper side plate K102b2, and the two locking portions K102a4 of the extending plate K102a3 of the lid member K102a are both covered. By fitting and locking into each of the locking holes K102b3, the fitted state of the lid member K102a and the base member K102b is maintained.

In addition, on the left side of the left side plate K102b2 of the base member K102b, a U-shaped portion K102b4 is integrally formed, the horizontal cross section of which is substantially continuously U-shaped in the up-down direction and which is open on the front side, and this U-shaped portion K102b4 has substantially the same front-to-back width as the left side plate K102a2 of the cover member K102a. A rectangular extension portion K102b5 extending to the left is integrally formed at a position slightly above the center of the left end of the U-shaped portion K102b4 and facing a part of the lower left extension portion K102a6 of the fitted cover member K102a. An oval recess K102b6 is formed at the upper end of this extension portion K102b5. When the cover member K102a is fitted to the base member K102b, as shown in FIG. 47 when the cover member K102a is viewed from the rear side, cylindrical ribs K102ar provided at the upper and lower ends between the left side plate K102a2 and the outer plate K102a21 respectively contact the U-shaped portion K102 of the base member K102b as shown in FIG. The rear portions formed on the upper right and lower ends of the right side surface of b4 are guided along the downwardly extending L-shaped groove K102bt, whereby the ring K102a8 of the lower left extension K102a6 of the cover member K102a is inserted into the recess K102b6, and then the ring K102a8 slides into the lower end portion of the recess K102b6, thereby positioning the through hole K102a7 and the screw hole K102b7. The screw K102a9 is screwed from the front into the through hole K102a7 on the cover member K102a side, the ring K102a8, and the screw hole K102b7 formed in the recess K102b6 (see Figure 38), and the cover member K102a is fixed to the base member K102b. In this way, by fitting the cover member K102a to the base member K102b, as shown in FIG. 47, which shows the cover member K102a viewed from the back, the locking claw at the bottom end of the crimping locking piece K102ak, which is formed hanging down from the lower plate K101a2, is locked to the left of the hanging plate K102a14 and the left of the engagement piece K102a16, and the U-shaped body K102bK, which is provided to the left of the engaged hole K102b11 in the right frame portion K102b9 of the base member K102b, as described below. This means that the board case cannot be opened unless at least one of the base member or the cover member is destroyed, which is known as A-crimping.

Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 48, a hanging plate K102b8 and a right frame part K102b9 forming a U-shape are provided on the front surface of the hanging plate K102b8 at the right end front part of the lower plate K102b2 of the base member K102b, and the left side of this right frame part K102b9. A circular through hole K102b10 is provided in the surface, and a shaft portion K109a of the second pivot shaft portion K109 is attached to the left outer side of the through hole K102b10.

The right end of the lower surface of the right frame portion K102b9 is provided with a rectangular engaged hole K102b11, and as described above, both engagement pieces K102a16 engage with an engaged body (not shown) inserted from below into the engaged hole K102b11 to perform so-called F-clamping. A cylindrical screw boss K102b12 is formed in the front-rear direction above the engaged hole K102b11 of the hanging plate K102b8. When the cover member K102a is fitted to the base member K102b, a screw K102a19 is screwed from the front into the through hole K102a18 and screw boss K102b12 on the cover member K102a side, and the cover member K102a is fixed in a fitted state with the base member K102b. The lower rear end of the right frame portion K102b9 is formed in an arc shape.

When the lid member K102a is fitted to the base member K102b, the open front of the right frame portion K102b9 is blocked by the lower right extension portion K102a12 of the lid member K102a, and the so-called F-clamping described above is performed. If the board case is illegally opened during transportation to the gaming machine manufacturer, the fraudulent act will be easily discovered because a trace of destruction will be left on at least one of the base member or the lid member (the lid member in this embodiment).

Further, a downwardly hanging plate is integrally formed on the left end of the lower plate K101b2 of the base member K102b, and a U-shaped left frame part K102b13 is provided on the front side of this hanging plate, and a cylindrical shape in the front and rear direction is provided on the front side of this hanging plate. A screw boss K102b14 is attached to the inside of the left frame part K102b13.

Furthermore, as shown in Figures 38 and 56, the other shaft portion K113 of the second pivot shaft portion K109, which will be described in detail later, is attached to the left side surface of the left frame portion K102b13, and when the first and second connector portions K103, K104 are engaged, the shaft portions K108a, K110 of the first pivot shaft portion K108 and the shaft portions K109a, K113 of the second pivot shaft portion K109 are set coaxially, so that the first and second board cases K101, K102 can be rotated in the same direction. As shown in Figures 39, 40, and 57, this shaft K113 is inserted into a semicircular groove K114a on the upper surface of the support part K114 provided at the lower left end of the front surface of the support plate KYb, and the shaft K113 slides on the circumferential surface of the groove K114a when the second board case K102 rotates.

Next, the configuration of the first pivot shaft K108 on the first substrate case K101 side and the second pivot shaft K109 on the second substrate case K102 side that constitute the pivot shaft K107 will be described.

The first pivot shaft K108 includes a cylindrical shaft K108a shown in Figures 45 and 50, a bearing member K108b shown in Figure 49 that fixes the shaft K108a to the support plate KYb, and a shaft fixing member K108c shown in Figure 51 that is inserted into the shaft K108a from the left. The shaft K108a is integrally provided on the right side of the right frame K101b9, on the right side of a through hole (see dashed line in Figure 45) that is provided coaxially with the shaft K110. The through hole on the right side of the right frame K101b9 is formed to a size that allows the insertion portion of the shaft fixing member K108c, which will be described later, to be inserted and rotated. Two engagement holes K108a1 are provided in line in the circumferential direction on the circumferential surface of the shaft portion K108a, into which protrusions of the shaft fixing member K108c, which will be described later, engage, and notches K108a2 are provided in the circumferential surface of the shaft portion K108a at positions close to the right side of each of the engagement holes K108a1.

The letters "B" and "C" representing so-called B and C crimping are added to the right side of each of the two notches K108a2 on the circumferential surface of the shaft portion K108a. For example, by breaking the notch K108a2 on the "B" side, the protrusion of the shaft fixing member K108c can be detached from the engagement hole K108a1, and the shaft fixing member K108c in the inserted state can be removed from the shaft portion K108a, and then the protrusion of the shaft fixing member K108c can be re-engaged with the engagement hole K108a1 on the notch K108a2 side marked with the letter "C". Here, B and C crimping refers to a crimping fixation that makes it impossible to remove the board case from the housing unless at least one of the base member or the cover member is destroyed.

As shown in FIG. 49, the bearing member K108b has an L-shaped base K108b1 and a circular hole (see broken line in FIG. 49) formed through the rear surface of the base K108b1. A cylindrical body K108b2 having a cylindrical body K108b2 is attached, and the front surface of this cylindrical body K108b2 is processed to have an arcuate longitudinal section along the circumferential surface of the cylinder. Furthermore, a left-right cylindrical body K108b3 through which the shaft part K108a can be inserted and rotated is integrally attached to the left side surface of the base part K108b1.

Then, the rear surface of the base K108b1 is aligned with the through hole K115 (see Figs. 50 and 57) having a female thread provided at the lower right end of the support plate KYb, and the rear surface of the base K108b1 is screwed into the through hole K115 of the support plate KYb inside the cylinder K108b2, and the rear surface of the base K108b1 is fixed to the support plate KYb, so that the shaft K108a can be inserted into the cylinder K108b3 on the left side of the base K108b1 fixed to the support plate KYb. Here, the left-right length L1 of the shaft K108a shown in Fig. 50 is set to be longer than the left-right length L2 of the cylinder K108b3 shown in Fig. 49 by at least the amount equivalent to the above-mentioned movement amount ΔL (see Fig. 58) (L1-L2=ΔL).

As shown in FIG. 51, the shaft fixing member K108c has an outer diameter slightly smaller than the inner diameter of the shaft portion K108a, and has a cylindrical insertion portion K108c1 inserted inside the shaft portion K108a, and an outer diameter of the shaft portion K108a. It has a cylindrical grip part K108c2 which has a slightly larger outer diameter and is integrally formed on the right end of the insertion part K108c1. An outward protrusion K108c3 is formed on the outer periphery of the insertion portion K108c1, and when the insertion portion K108c1 is inserted into the shaft portion K108a, the projection K108c3 engages with the engagement hole K108a1 of the shaft portion K108a, and the shaft The insertion portion K108c1 of the fixing member K108c is prevented from coming off from the shaft portion K108a. Moreover, the grip part K108c2 is arranged directly above the through hole K115, and the screw threaded into the through hole K115 cannot be operated unless the shaft fixing member K108c is removed from the shaft part K108a.

Furthermore, a stamp K108c4 with the letter "R" representing "right" is formed on the peripheral surface of the gripping part K108c2 on the same generatrix as the insertion part K108c1, and on the left end surface of the gripping part K108c2, a stamp K108c4 is formed on the same generatrix as the insertion part K108c1. A notch K108c5 is formed at a position on the line connecting the markings K108c4, and as shown in FIG. 52, the insertion part K108c1 is inserted into a through hole (not shown) on the right side of the shaft part K108 and the right frame part K101b9. When the protrusion K108c3 is engaged with the engagement hole K108a1 of the shaft part K108a, the character in use among the characters "B" and "C" representing B and C caulking on the shaft part K108a side is shown to the outside. By hiding the other, it is not visible from the outside, and erroneous caulking (cutting C while B is in use) is prevented.

The second turning shaft part K109 includes a cylindrical shaft part K109a shown in FIGS. 48 and 54, a bearing member K109b shown in FIG. 53 that fixes the shaft part K109a to the support plate KYb, and a shaft part K109a from the left. The shaft fixing member K109c shown in FIG. 55 is inserted. The shaft portion K109a is integrally provided on the left side of the right frame portion K102b9 and on the left side of a through hole K102b10 formed coaxially with the shaft portion K113 described above. Note that the through hole K102b10 on the right side surface of the right frame portion K102b9 is formed in a size such that an insertion portion of the shaft fixing member K109c, which will be described later, can be inserted therethrough and rotated therethrough. As shown in FIG. 56, similarly to the first turning shaft part K108, the shaft part K109a has two engagement holes K109a1 in the circumferential direction on the circumferential surface thereof, in which projections to be described later of the shaft fixing member K109c engage. A notch K109a2 is formed in the peripheral surface of the shaft portion K109a at a position close to the left side of each of the engaging holes K109a1.

In addition, the letters "B" and "C" representing the above-mentioned B and C caulking are attached to the left sides of both notches K109a2 on the circumferential surface of the shaft portion K109a. For example, the notches K109a2 on the side of the letter "B" By breaking, the protrusion of the shaft fixing member K109c is detached from the engagement hole K109a1, and the inserted shaft fixing member K109c is removed from the shaft part K109a, and then the notch K109a2 side marked with the letter "C" is removed. The protrusion of the shaft fixing member K109c can be engaged again with the engagement hole K109a1 of the shaft fixing member K109c.

As shown in FIG. 53, the bearing member K109b has an L-shaped base K109b1, and a cylindrical body K109b2 having a larger inner diameter than the circular hole K109b4 on the front surface of a circular hole K109b4 formed through the rear surface of the base K109b1. The front surface of this cylindrical body K109b2 is machined to have an arcuate longitudinal section along the circumferential surface of the cylinder. Furthermore, a left-right cylindrical body K109b3 through which the shaft part K109a can be inserted and rotated is integrally attached to the right side surface of the base part K109b1.

Then, the rear surface of the base K109b1 is aligned with the through hole K116 (see FIG. 57) having a female thread provided at approximately the center of the left lower half of the support plate KYb, and the rear surface of the base K109b1 is screwed into the through hole K116 of the support plate KYb inside the cylinder K109b2, and the rear surface of the base K109b1 is fixed to the support plate KYb. The shaft K109a can be inserted into the cylinder K109b3 on the right side of the base K109b1 fixed to the support plate KYb. Here, the left-right length L3 of the shaft K109a shown in FIG. 56 is set to be longer than the left-right length L4 of the cylinder K109b3 shown in FIG. 53 (L3>L4).

As shown in Fig. 55, the shaft fixing member K109c has an outer diameter slightly smaller than the inner diameter of the shaft portion K109a, a cylindrical insertion portion K109c1 that is inserted inside the shaft portion K108a, and a cylindrical grip portion K109c2 that has an outer diameter slightly larger than the outer diameter of the shaft portion K108a and is integrally formed at the right end of the insertion portion K108c1. An outward protrusion K109c3 is formed on the outer periphery of the insertion portion K109c1, and this protrusion K109c3 engages with the engagement hole K109a1 of the shaft portion K109a when the insertion portion K109c1 is inserted into the shaft portion K109a, thereby preventing the insertion portion K109c1 of the shaft fixing member K109c from coming off the shaft portion K109a. In addition, the gripping portion K109c2 is positioned directly above the through hole K116, so that the screw threaded into the through hole K116 cannot be operated unless the shaft fixing member K109c is removed from the shaft portion K109a.

Furthermore, the circumferential surface of the gripping portion K109c2 is formed on the same generatrix as the insertion portion K109c1 with an engraving K109c4 of the letter "L" representing "left", and a notch K109c5 is formed on the left end surface of the gripping portion K109c2 at a position on the line connecting the protrusion K109c3 and the engraving K109c4. As shown in Figure S, when the insertion portion K109c1 is inserted into the through hole K102b10 of the shaft portion K109 and the right frame portion K102b9 and the protrusion K109c3 is engaged with the engagement hole K109a1 of the shaft portion K109a, the letters "B" and "C" on the shaft portion K109a side are visible to the outside while the other letters are hidden, making them invisible from the outside, and preventing accidental crimping when not in use (cutting off C while B is being used).

By the way, at the upper left end of the front surface of the second board case K102, the first and second board cases K102, with the first and second connector parts K103 and K104 electrically connected by fitting, are provided. A locking portion K117 is provided to hold K102 in a housing position facing support plate KYb on the inner surface of casing KY. This locking portion K117 is arranged at a position farther from the pivot shaft portion K107 than the first and second connector portions K103 and K104.

This locking part K117 is composed of a well-known combination of a grommet and a plunger called, for example, Nylatch (registered trademark). In detail, it is configured as shown in Figures 38 to 42 and 57, and a receiving part K117a having a substantially square prism-shaped outer shape is provided at the upper left end of the support plate KYb and protrudes forward. A Nylatch grommet (not shown) is embedded inside this receiving part K117a, and an opening K117b into which the tip of a plunger (described later) is inserted is formed on the front surface of the receiving part K117a. In addition, a through hole K117c is provided at the upper left end of the upper left extension part K102a5 of the cover member K102a of the second board case K102, and the Nylatch plunger K117d is inserted and attached from the front into this through hole K117c.

Here, in the plunger K117d, as shown in FIG. 40, a cylindrical body K117d2 is integrally formed on the rear side of a flange K117d1 at the front end, and another flange K117d3 is integrally formed in the middle of the cylindrical body K117d2. The plunger K117d is movably attached to the through hole K117c in the front-back direction so that the flanges K117d1 and K117d3 sandwich the upper left extension part K102a5 back and forth, and the thick tip of the cylindrical body K117d2 is inserted into the receiving part K117a through the opening K117b. The plunger K117d is inserted into the grommet and removably fitted into the grommet, and the second board case K102 is held at the accommodation position facing the support plate KYb by fitting the plunger K117d into the grommet. At this time, if the first and second connector parts K103 and K104 are fitted and electrically connected, the first board case K101 is also held at the accommodation position together with the second board case K102.

On the other hand, when the flange K117d1 at the front end of the plunger K117d is pulled to pull the tip of the cylindrical body K117d2 out of the grommet in the receiving portion K117a, the second board case K102 is switched from the stored position to a rotatable state. At this time, if the first and second connector portions K103, K104 are engaged and electrically connected, the first board case K101 is also switched to a rotatable state together with the second board case K102.

Next, the assembly of the first and second board cases K101 and K102 and their attachment to the support plate KYb will be described with reference mainly to the exploded oblique view of the board cases in Figure 40.

As shown in FIG. 40, the main control board 100 and the medal count control board 300 are stored in the first and second board cases K101 and K102, respectively, and are sealed by affixing sealing stickers K101d and K102d (see FIG. 38). The first and second connector parts K103 and K104 exposed from the first and second board cases K101 and K102, respectively, are fitted together to electrically connect the two control boards MK and HK. The two extension pieces K105 on the second board case K102 side are fixed to the first board case K101 by screws K106, and the first and second connector parts K103 and K104 are electrically connected to the first and second board cases K101 and K102. After the second board cases K102, K102 are joined, the base K108b1 of the bearing member K108b of the first pivot shaft K108 is screwed and fixed to the support plate KYb, and the base K109b1 of the bearing member K109b of the second pivot shaft K109 is screwed and fixed to the support plate KYb, the shaft K108a is inserted from the left into the cylindrical body K108b3 of the bearing member K108b of the first pivot shaft K108, and the shaft K109a is inserted from the right into the cylindrical body K109b3 of the bearing member K109b of the second pivot shaft K109.

At this time, the other shaft parts K110 and K113 of the first and second board cases K102 and K102 are fitted into the grooves K111a and K114a of the support parts K111 and K114 of the support plate KYb shown in FIG. 57, respectively. Therefore, the first and second board cases K101 and K102 are attached to the support plate KYb in a rotatable manner (see FIG. 38). In this way, the first and second pivot shafts K108 and K109 are connected to each other in order to attach the first and second board cases K101 and K102 to the support plate KYb on the inner surface of the housing KY. K108 and the second pivot portion K109 constitute a "first attachment means" and a "second attachment means."

As described above, after the first and second substrate cases K101 and K102 are supported by the support plate KYb in a rotatable state, the thick tip of the cylindrical body K117d2 of the plunger K117d of the locking portion K117 is pushed into the receiving portion K117a of the support plate KYb, and the tip of the cylindrical body K117d2 is fitted into the grommet in the receiving portion K117a, whereby the first and second substrate cases K101 and K102 are arranged in a storage position facing the support plate KYb on the inner surface of the housing KY.

On the other hand, with the first and second board cases K101 and K102 attached to the storage position facing the support plate KYb, the flange K117d1 at the front end of the plunger K117d of the locking part K117 is pulled forward, and the plunger K117d When the tip of the cylindrical body K117d2 is pulled out from the grommet in the receiving part K117a, the first and second board cases K101 and K102 can be pivoted about the first and second pivot parts K108 and K109. state, and as shown in FIGS. 41 and 42, if the fitted state of the first and second connector parts K103 and K104 is further released, the first board case K101 and the second board case It becomes possible to turn K102 at mutually different turning angles.

At this time, when only the second board case K102 is to be rotated, a finger or the like is hooked on the upper left extension part K102a5 and the upper part of the second board case K102 is rotated forward, and the first and second board case K102 are rotated forward. When rotating the first and second board cases K101 and K102 together with the connector parts K103 and K104 in the fitted state, fingers or the like are caught on the upper right extension part K101a5 or the upper left extension part K102a5. 1. The upper portions of the second board cases K101 and K102 are rotated forward. Furthermore, by pulling the flange K117d1 of the plunger K117d of the locking part K117, the first and second board cases K101 and K102 can be rotated. In this case, the locking part K117 functions as a turning operation part. Fulfill. Note that since the extending piece K105 is located on the front side of the first board case K101, it is not possible to rotate only the first board case K101.

In addition, since the locking part K117 is arranged at a position farther from the pivot shaft part K107 than the first and second connector parts K103 and K104, the flange K117d1 at the front end of the plunger K117d of the locking part K117 is Even if an external force is applied to the locking portion K117 when pulling and turning the first and second board cases K102 and K102 from the above-mentioned housing position, the first and second connector portions K103 and K104 will not close to the locking portion. Since it is located closer to the pivot shaft part K107 than K117, the stress applied to the first and second connector parts K103 and K104 that are in a connected state by fitting is small, and the first and second connector parts K103 , K104 pins can be prevented from being damaged.

By the way, in a state where the first and second board cases K101 and K102 are attached to the accommodation position facing the support plate KYb by the locking part K117, the two extension pieces K105 on the second board case K102 side are Remove the screws K106 that were fixed to the first board case K101, insert the tip of a tool such as a flat head screwdriver into the recess K112, and push the boundary between the first and second board cases K101 and K102 apart. As shown in FIG. Move the fixed bearing member K108b to the right inside the cylindrical body K108b3.

Then, the first board case K101 moves relative to the support plate KYb by a movement amount ΔL, and a gap is formed between the first board case K101 and the second board case K102. If the amount of movement ΔL at this time is set to be larger than the amount by which the first and second connector parts K103 and K104 are disengaged, the first and second board cases K101 and K102 can be rotated. Even if they are not there, the parts hidden behind the first and second connector parts K103 and K104 can be seen from the front. Furthermore, by releasing the locked state by the locking portion K117, a state is created in which the first and second board cases K101 and K102 can be rotated at different turning angles.

In this way, if the first substrate case K101 is configured to be immovable, the engagement between the first and second connector parts K103, K104 cannot be released unless the substrate case is destroyed by the B and C crimping of the first and second pivot shaft parts K108, K109. However, by configuring the first substrate case K101 to be movable in the left-right direction, by removing the screw K106 that secures the extension piece K105 on the second substrate case K102 side to the first substrate case K101, the first substrate case K101 can be moved to the right without being destroyed, thereby releasing the engagement between the first and second connector parts K103, K104. Therefore, the shaft portions K108a, K110 on the first substrate case K101 side, the cylindrical body K108b3 of the bearing member K108b, and the support portion K111 of the support plate KYb form a "movement permitting means" that permits movement of the first and second connector portions K103, K104 in a direction that releases their engagement while maintaining the first and second substrate cases K101, K102 attached to the support plate KYb.

Here, since a recess K112 is formed at a position overlapping the first and second connector parts K103 and K104 in the fitted state when viewed from the front, a tool such as a flathead screwdriver is inserted into the recess K112 to connect the first and second connector parts K103 and K104. When moving the second connector parts K103 and K104 in the direction of releasing the fitting, an external force for releasing the fitting can be applied almost equally to the first and second connector parts K103 and K104. , damage to the pins of the first and second connector parts K103 and K104 can be prevented.

(Check for unauthorized parts at connector connection (B to B connection))
The housing K103H of the first connector K103 mounted on the main control board 100 has a rectangular recessed opening as shown in Fig. 59(a). The recess of the housing K103H of the first connector K103 has a rectangular bottom surface K103Ha and four side surfaces K103Hb extending from the edge of the bottom surface K103Ha in a direction perpendicular to the bottom surface K103Ha. When the first connector K103 is mounted on the main control board 100, a part of the housing K103H is disposed at a position protruding outward from the edge of the mounting surface MKa of the main control board 100 (a position offset outward).

As shown in Fig. 59(b), the housing K104H of the second connector part K104 mounted on the medal count control board 300 has a convex shape that fits into the concave part of the housing K103H on the main control board 100 side. The convex part of the housing K104H of the second connector part K104 has an abutment surface K104Ha that abuts against the bottom surface K103Ha of the housing K103H of the first connector part K103 when the first connector part K103 and the second connector part K104 are connected, and four side surfaces K104Hb that extend from the edge of the abutment surface K104Ha in a direction perpendicular to the abutment surface K104Ha. Furthermore, when the second connector portion K104 is mounted on the medal count control board 300, a portion of the housing K104H is positioned at a position that protrudes outward from the edge of the mounting surface HKa of the medal count control board 300 (a position offset outward).

In the state where the first connector part K103 and the second connector part K104 are connected, in the cross section of the arrows C-C in FIG. 61, as shown in FIG. 60, the housing K103H (first connector part K103) is U-shaped, and the bottom surface K103Ha is arranged in a direction perpendicular to the mounting surfaces MKa and HKa of both control boards 100 and 300. Two of the four side surfaces K103Hb are both arranged in a direction parallel to the mounting surfaces MKa and HKa of both control boards 100 and 300, and the remaining two are both arranged in a direction perpendicular to the mounting surfaces MKa and HKa of both control boards 100 and 300. In addition, in the state where both connector parts K103 and K103 are connected, the main control board 100 (mounting surface MKa) and the medal count control board 300 (mounting surface HKa) are arranged on approximately the same plane. Note that the substrate case KC (first substrate case K101, second substrate case K102) is omitted in Figure 61, and Figure 60 shows the substrate case KC omitted in Figure 61.

In the state where the first connector part K103 and the second connector part K104 are connected, the housing K104H (second connector part K104) is , has a rectangular shape that fits into the recess of the housing K103H, and the contact surface K104Ha is arranged in a direction perpendicular to the mounting surfaces MKa, HKa of both control boards 100, 300. Two of the four side surfaces K104Hb are arranged in a direction parallel to the mounting surfaces MKa and HKa of both control boards 100 and 300, and the remaining two sides are arranged in a direction parallel to the mounting surfaces MKa and HKa of both control boards 100 and 300. It is arranged in a direction perpendicular to the mounting surfaces MKa and HKa.

In addition, when the first connector portion K103 and the second connector portion K104 are connected, the connecting portion RK, which is the portion where the two housings K103H, K104H are fitted together, is positioned at a position offset outward from the edge of the main control board 100 (or the medal count control board 300) when viewed from a direction perpendicular to the mounting surface MKa (or HKa). In other words, the connecting portion RK is positioned between the two control boards 100, 300, which are arranged on the same plane with a predetermined gap between them, when viewed from a direction perpendicular to the mounting surface MKa (or HKa).

With this connection configuration of the two connector parts K103, K104, the connection/disconnection direction is perpendicular to the bottom surface K103Ha (arrow KA in Figure 59(a)) or perpendicular to the abutment surface K104Ha (arrow KB in Figure 59(b)), and these directions KA and KB are parallel to the mounting surface MKa (mounting surface HKa) of the main control board 100 (medal count control board 300).

As shown in FIG. 60, when both connectors K103 and K104 are connected, it is possible to place unauthorized components in the gap SA between the two control boards 100 and 300 on the back side of the connecting portion RK (the side facing the support plate KYb). However, when the board cases K101 and K102 are fixed to the support plate KYb and the housing KY is viewed from the front, the back side (gap SA) of the connecting portion RK of the two connectors K103 and K104 is a blind spot. In addition, when both connectors K103 and K104 are connected, the board cases K101 and K102 are joined with almost no gap at the boundary as shown in FIG. 42. Therefore, even if the connecting portion RK is viewed from the back side of the two control boards 100 and 300 (the back side opposite the mounting surfaces MKa and HKa), visibility is poor due to the thickness of the board cases K101 and K102, and it is not easy to find it during inspection.

As shown in FIG. 61, a plurality of LED lamps La (10 in this embodiment) are mounted on the mounting surface MKa of the main control board 100 close to the first connector portion K103. The LED lamps La are arranged in two rows and five columns, with the row direction being approximately parallel to the longitudinal direction of the main control board 100 and the column direction being approximately parallel to the lateral direction of the main control board 100. When viewed from a direction parallel to the connection/disconnection direction of the two connector portions K103, K104, each LED lamp La is disposed in a position where it does not overlap with the two connector portions K103, 104. Note that the position where it does not overlap with the two connector portions K103, 104 when viewed from a direction parallel to the connection/disconnection direction of the two connector portions K103, K104 is a position outside the area JA in FIG. 61.

In this embodiment, each LED lamp La is a lamp for confirming whether or not the operating means etc. are in a normally operable state, but there is no particular limitation as long as it can serve as a light source. do not have.

Note that when the housing KY is viewed from the front with the board case KC attached to the support plate KYb inside the housing KY, the mounting surfaces MKa and HKa of both control boards 100 and 300 are transparent board case KC. I can see through it. At this time, the direction perpendicular to the mounting surfaces MKa, HKa is substantially parallel to the viewing direction, and the mounting surfaces MKa, HKa can be visually recognized as shown in FIG. At this time, the gap SA that can hide unauthorized parts becomes a blind spot. On the other hand, when looking at the gap SA from arrow CA or CB (line of sight direction) in FIG. 61, the housings K103H and K104H of both connector parts K103 and K104 do not obstruct the gap SA, and the gap SA becomes visible. Furthermore, in the line of sight direction (arrow CA or CB), the gap SA is easy to visually recognize because the board case KC is in a direction where there is no thickness (a direction in which there is less overlap with the resin of the board case KC). In addition, in this embodiment, when both board cases K101 and K102 are attached to support plate KYb, the rotation axis is parallel to the left-right direction (x direction), and the pivot axis is parallel to the left and right direction (x direction), and the rotation axis is below (z direction). Therefore, the gap SA can be more easily confirmed from the arrow CA than from the arrow CB.

Therefore, in this embodiment, each LED lamp La is located at a position farther from the rotation axis than both the connected connector parts K103 and K104 in the direction perpendicular to the rotation axis (Z direction). It is located. In other words, the LED lamp La that is outside the area Ja is arranged above the area Ja (upper side in the z direction) rather than below the area Ja (lower side in the z direction). In addition, if the confirmation direction is arrow CA and each LED lamp La is removed and placed below the area Ja (lower side in the z direction), the projections of both connector parts K103 and K104 will be in the gap SA, making it difficult to see. There is a risk that performance may deteriorate.

In this embodiment, all of the LED lamps La are positioned offset from the area JA, but some may be positioned offset from the area JA. In this case, it is preferable to position them closer to the confirmation direction CA. Also, by positioning at least some of the LED lamps La offset from the area JA, the light from the LED lamps La will wrap around to the back surface of the medal count control board 300 (the surface opposite the mounting surface HKa) when the board cases K101, K102 are rotated, making it easier to check the back surface.

As shown in FIG. 61, the main control board 100 is mounted with a resistor component Ra in addition to the LED lamps La. The resistor component Ra is a non-light-emitting body and is composed of an array of multiple resistors. The resistor component Ra is made of an opaque material that is not light-transmitting or has low light-transmitting properties. The resistor component Ra is disposed adjacent to each LED lamp La, and is disposed in a position between each LED lamp La when the connecting portion RK is viewed from the confirmation direction CA. Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 62, the height H2 of the resistor component Ra from the mounting surface MKa of the main control board 100 is higher than the height H1 of each LED lamp La from the mounting surface MKa. Therefore, when viewed from the confirmation direction CA, the light of the LED lamp La illuminates the gap SA, while the resistor component Ra prevents the light of the LED lamp La from directly entering the eyes and hindering the inspection of the gap SA.

In addition, the components interposed between the light source (each LED lamp La) when the connecting portion RK is viewed from the confirmation direction CA are not limited to the resistive components Ra. In addition, the height H2 of the interposed components may be equal to or greater than the height H1 of the LED lamp La (H2≧H1).

In addition, in this embodiment, a case has been described in which the main control board 100 (mounting surface MKa) and the medal number control board 300 (mounting surface HKa) are connected side by side on substantially the same plane and are connected BtoB. For example, the medal number control board 300 may be connected BtoB with the main control board 100 tilted at 90 degrees.

Next, the first connector part K103 of the main control board 100 and the second connector part K104 of the medal number control board 300 are provided on the mounting surface MKa of the main control board 100 in a state where they are fitted in the proper position. The positional relationship between the main control CPU 101 and the medal number control CPU 301 provided on the mounting surface HKa of the medal number control board 300 will be explained using FIG. 63(a). In addition, in FIG. 63(a), only some components including the main control CPU 101 are illustrated among the plurality of components mounted on the mounting surface MKa of the main control board 100, and the mounting surface of the medal number control board 300 is shown. Among the plurality of parts mounted on HKa, only some parts including the medal number control CPU 301 are shown, and the same is true in FIG. 63(b).

The slot machine SM, as shown in FIG. 63(a),
A main control board 100,
A first board case K101 (not shown in FIG. 63(a): see FIG. 38) that houses the main control board 100,
A main control CPU 101 that is provided on the mounting surface MKa of the main control board 100 and performs first control related to the progress of the game;
a first connector part K103 provided on the mounting surface MKa of the main control board 100;
A medal number control board 300,
A second board case K102 (not shown in FIG. 63(a): see FIG. 38) that houses the medal number control board 300,
a medal number control CPU 301 that is provided on the mounting surface HKa of the medal number control board 300 and performs second control performed in cooperation with the first control by the main control CPU 101;
a second connector part K104 provided on the mounting surface HKa of the medal number control board 300 and fitted with the first connector part K103;
Support plate KYb (not shown in FIG. 63(a): see FIG. 38)
Equipped with. The support plate KYb is attached to the upper part of the inner surface of the back plate KYa of the housing KY, and the first board case K101 is attached with the first connector part K103 and the second connector part K104 fitted together. and the second board case K102. In this embodiment, as shown in FIG. 61, when the first board case K101 and the second board case K102 are attached to the support plate KYb, the pivot axis is parallel to the left-right direction (x direction). It is located below the first board case K101 and the second board case K102 (in the z direction).

The first connector portion K103 is provided at a position corresponding to the first side K301 of the mounting surface MKa of the main control board 100, and in this embodiment, is provided at a position near the end of the first side K301 opposite the main control CPU 101. Note that the position of the first connector portion K103 is not limited to this position, and may be near the end of the first side K301 on the main control CPU 101 side, or may be at a position other than near the end of the first side K301.

Further, the second connector part K104 is provided at a position corresponding to the second side K303 of the mounting surface HKa of the medal number control board 300, and in this embodiment, the number of medals is It is provided near the end on the opposite side from the control CPU 301. Note that the arrangement position of the second connector part K104 is not limited to this position, but may be a position near the end of the second side K303 on the medal number control CPU 301 side. , may be at a position other than the vicinity of the end of the second side K303.

The main control CPU 101 mounted on the main control board 100 is approximately rectangular when viewed from the vertical direction of the mounting surface MKa of the main control board 100, and the medal count control CPU 301 mounted on the medal count control board 300 is approximately rectangular when viewed from the vertical direction of the mounting surface HKa of the medal count control board 300. In this embodiment, the main control CPU 101 viewed from the vertical direction of the mounting surface MKa of the main control board 100 and the medal count control CPU 301 viewed from the vertical direction of the mounting surface HKa of the medal count control board 300 are approximately the same size and shape, and for example, the main control CPU 101 and the medal count control CPU 301 are DIP products with the same package structure, with the same number of legs and the same package size (the main control CPU 101 and the medal count control CPU 301 may have the same performance or different performance). In addition, the main control CPU 101 when viewed from the vertical direction of the mounting surface MKa of the main control board 100 and the medal count control CPU 301 when viewed from the vertical direction of the mounting surface HKa of the medal count control board 300 may be similar in shape but different in size (the main control CPU 101 and the medal count control CPU 301 may have the same or different performance).

The following describes the positions of the main control CPU 101 and the medal count control CPU 301 relative to the mounting surface MKa of the main control board 100 and the mounting surface HKa of the medal count control board 300 when the first connector part K103 and the second connector part K104 are mated in the correct position.

As shown in FIG. 63(a), when the first connector part K103 and the second connector part K104 are fitted together in the correct position, the main control CPU 101 is disposed on the mounting surface MKa of the main control board 100, and the medal count control CPU 301 is disposed on the mounting surface HKa of the medal count control board 300, so that the first rectangular side K311, which is not opposed to the first side K301 of the rectangular sides of the main control CPU 101, and the second rectangular side K313, which is not opposed to the second side K303 of the rectangular sides of the medal count control CPU 301, are approximately parallel to each other when viewed from the vertical direction of the mounting surface MKa of the main control board 100 or the mounting surface HKa of the medal count control board 300. As shown in FIG. 63(a), the first rectangular side K311 is the long side of the main control CPU 101 having an approximately rectangular shape, and the second rectangular side K313 is the long side of the medal count control CPU 301 having an approximately rectangular shape. In addition, the first rectangular side K311 may be the short side of the main control CPU 101, which has an approximately rectangular shape, and the second rectangular side K313 may be the short side of the medal count control CPU 301, which has an approximately rectangular shape.

Also, as shown in FIG. 63(a), when viewed from a direction parallel to the first rectangular side K311 of the main control CPU101 (viewed from the direction of the arrow in the figure), there is an overlapping area between the main control CPU101 and the medal count control CPU301 (see K315 in FIG. 63(a)). Note that when there is an overlapping area between the main control CPU101 and the medal count control CPU301, it is preferable that the deviation between the first rectangular side K311 and the second rectangular side K313 in the direction perpendicular to the first rectangular side K311 is small, and the deviation is set to, for example, 1/10 or less of the length of the short side of the main control CPU101 (including the case where there is no deviation). Note that this is not limited to this, and it is sufficient that there is an overlapping area.

Also, as shown in Fig. 63(a), the main control CPU 101 is disposed in an area MKaa (this area is to the right of the dotted line K317 in Fig. 63(a)) on the opposite side of the first side K301 from the center (dotted line K317) of the mounting surface MKa of the main control board 100 in the direction perpendicular to the first side K301. Also, as shown in Fig. 63(a), the medal count control CPU 301 is not disposed entirely in an area HKaa (this area is to the left of the dotted line K319 in Fig. 63(a)) on the opposite side of the second side K303 from the center (dotted line K319) of the mounting surface HKa of the medal count control board 300 in the direction perpendicular to the second side K303. In addition to arranging the main control CPU 101 in the region MKaa (this region is to the right of the dotted line K317 in FIG. 63(a)) of the mounting surface MKa of the main control board 100, the medal count control CPU 301 may be arranged in the region HKaa (this region is to the left of the dotted line K319 in FIG. 63(a)) of the mounting surface HKa of the medal count control board 300. Also, the main control CPU 101 may not be arranged in the region MKaa (this region is to the right of the dotted line K317 in FIG. 63(a)) of the mounting surface MKa of the main control board 100, and the medal count control CPU 301 may be arranged in the region HKaa (this region is to the left of the dotted line K319 in FIG. 63(a)) of the mounting surface HKa of the medal count control board 300.

Also, as shown in Fig. 63(a), the main control CPU 101 is disposed in an area MKab (this area is above the dotted line K321 in Fig. 63(a)) on the mounting surface MKa of the main control board 100, opposite the third side K302 from the center (dotted line K321) in the direction parallel to the first side K301. Also, as shown in Fig. 63(a), the medal count control CPU 301 is disposed in an area HKab (this area is above the dotted line K321 in Fig. 63(a)) on the mounting surface HKa of the medal count control board 300, opposite the fourth side K304 from the center (dotted line K321) in the direction parallel to the second side K303. In addition, the main control CPU 101 may be arranged not in the area MKab of the mounting surface MKa of the main control board 100 (this area is above the dotted line K321 in FIG. 63(a)), and the medal count control CPU 301 may be arranged not in the area HKab of the mounting surface HKa of the medal count control board 300 (this area is above the dotted line K321 in FIG. 63(a)).

When the first connector part K103 and the second connector part K104 are fitted together in the correct position and the main control CPU101 and the medal count control CPU301 are in the above-mentioned positional relationship, if the first connector part K103 and the second connector part K104 are not fitted together in the correct position (when they are fitted together out of alignment), the first rectangular side K311 of the main control CPU101 and the second rectangular side K313 of the medal count control CPU301 will be tilted to one side as shown in FIG. 63(b).

When the first connector part K103 and the second connector part K104 are fitted together in the normal position without tilting, the first rectangular side K311 of the main control CPU 101 and the second rectangular side K313 of the medal number control CPU 301 If the positional relationship is as shown in FIG. K311 and the second rectangular side K313 of the medal number control CPU 301 are parallel (see FIG. 63(a)), but the first connector part K103 and the second connector part K104 are deviated from their normal positions and tilted. If they are fitted together, the first rectangular side K311 of the main control CPU 101 and the second rectangular side K313 of the medal number control CPU 301 will not be parallel (see FIG. 63(b)).

When viewed from a direction parallel to the first rectangular side K311 of the main control CPU101 (viewed from the direction of the arrow in the figure), if there is an overlapping area between the main control CPU101 and the medal count control CPU301 (see K315 in FIG. 63(a)), it becomes easy to check whether the first rectangular side K311 of the main control CPU101 and the second rectangular side K313 of the medal count control CPU301 are parallel or not. As a result, it becomes easy to check whether the first connector part K103 and the second connector part K104 are fitted together in the correct position without tilting, or whether they are fitted together shifted from the correct position.

Furthermore, the greater the distance between the main control CPU 101 and the medal count control CPU 301 when the first connector part K103 and the second connector part K104 are engaged, the greater the deviation from the parallel state between the first rectangular side K311 of the main control CPU 101 and the second rectangular side K313 of the medal count control CPU 301 when the first connector part K103 and the second connector part K104 are engaged at an angle deviated from the correct position. For this reason, by placing the main control CPU 101 in an area MKaa on the mounting surface MKa of the main control board 100, on the opposite side of the first side K301 from the center (dotted line K317) in the direction perpendicular to the first side K301, and increasing the distance between the main control CPU 101 and the medal count control CPU 301, it becomes easier to check whether the first connector portion K103 and the second connector portion K104 are fitted together in the correct position without tilt, or whether they are fitted together out of position.

Moreover, the closer the first connector part K103 and the second connector part K104 are to the end of the first side K301 and the end of the second side K303, the closer the first connector part K103 and the second connector part K104 are If they are fitted together at an angle deviating from the normal position, the deviation from the parallel state between the first rectangular side K311 of the main control CPU 101 and the second rectangular side K313 of the medal number control CPU 301 becomes large. Therefore, by arranging the first connector part K103 and the second connector part K104 at the end of the first side K301 and the end of the second side K303, the first connector part K103 and the second connector part K104 can be connected to each other. It becomes easier to confirm whether the connector part K104 is fitted in the normal position without being tilted, or whether it is fitted in a position shifted from the normal position.

As described above, according to this embodiment, the transmission of the message "Game Machine Information Notification" containing "Hall Control/Fraud Monitoring Information" and the like from the medal count control CPU 301 of the slot machine SM to the external card unit CU is performed at the first transmission timing in a predetermined cycle. In addition, between the main control CPU 101 of the slot machine SM and the medal count control CPU 301, communication related to the "Hall Control/Fraud Monitoring Information" and the like stored in the message "Game Machine Information Notification" is performed at a communication timing prior to the first transmission timing in a predetermined cycle, corresponding to the first transmission timing. Therefore, unnecessary communication at a timing that does not correspond to the first transmission timing is not performed. In addition, by periodically sending the "game machine information" used by the store clerk to monitor errors and fraud to the card unit CU, the store clerk can respond appropriately and promptly to errors and fraud. Furthermore, when a trigger for moving the pseudo medals occurs, communication is performed between the main control CPU101 and the medal count control CPU301 to move the pseudo medals by the amount of movement without waiting for the first transmission timing after the trigger occurs. Therefore, no waiting time occurs after the trigger for moving the pseudo medals, and the pseudo medals by the amount of movement can be moved without delay between the main control CPU101 and the medal count control CPU301, thereby preventing the player from feeling frustrated by delays in game progress due to the movement of pseudo medals between the main control CPU101 and the medal count control CPU301. In this way, communication of the "Game Machine Information Notification" message, which stores "Hall Control/Fraud Monitoring Information" and the like, between the medal count control CPU 301 of the slot machine SM and the external card unit CU, communication between the medal count control CPU 301 and the main control CPU 101 related to the "Hall Control/Fraud Monitoring Information" stored in the "Game Machine Information Notification" message, and communication between the medal count control CPU 301 and the main control CPU 101 related to the movement of pseudo medals can be appropriately controlled according to the information sent and received in each communication.

In addition, the first communication between the medal number control CPU 301 and the main control CPU 101, which communicates the "hole control/fraud monitoring information" stored in the telegram "gaming machine information notification", is performed by a request from the medal number control CPU 301 side. Therefore, it becomes easy to adjust the timing for performing the first communication to the timing based on the first transmission timing to the card unit CU. In addition, since it is possible to avoid monopolizing the processing between the medal number control CPU 301 and the main control CPU 101 due to the first communication performing unnecessary communication, the processing between the main control device and the gaming value amount control device can be avoided. After the opportunity for value transfer occurs, the second communication can be started early without any waiting time.

In addition, when the medal number control CPU 301 receives the number of medals used (consumed) in one game (value of number of inputs CT11) from the main control CPU 101, if the received number of medals is not the set allowable number of inputs, an abnormality such as fraud is detected. Since it is detected that a situation has occurred, and in such a case, a predetermined notification (for example, notification of an abnormality in the number of inputs in one game) is made, the occurrence of an abnormality such as fraud can be easily discovered. Furthermore, when the medal number control CPU 301 receives the number of medals to be paid out in one game (the value of the number of payouts CT12) from the main control CPU 101, if the received number of medals is not the set allowable number of payouts, an abnormality such as fraud has occurred. Since this state is detected and a predetermined notification is made in such a case (for example, notification of an abnormality in the number of payouts in one game), the occurrence of abnormalities such as fraud can be easily discovered.

In addition, in the movement of one pseudo medal, which takes place after the main control CPU 101 and medal count control CPU 301 have completed the transmission and reception of signals (e.g., a deposit processing request signal and a deposit processing response signal) relating to the type of movement of one pseudo medal (insertion, settlement, payout), the main control CPU 101 starts processing regardless of whether a pseudo medal is inserted, settled (cancellation of insertion), or paid out, and inverts the first processing completion signal from "OFF" to "ON" and updates a specified one of CT11 to CT16, and when the medal count control CPU 301 receives that the first processing completion signal has changed from "OFF" to "ON", it inverts the second processing completion signal from "OFF" to "ON" and updates a specified one of CT30 to CT32. Contrary to the embodiment, in the movement of one pseudo medal, regardless of whether the pseudo medal is inserted, settled (cancelled insertion), or paid out, processing is initiated from the medal count control CPU 301 side and the second processing completion signal is inverted from "OFF" to "ON" and a specified one of CT30 to CT32 is updated, and when the main control CPU 101 receives that the second processing completion signal has changed from "OFF" to "ON", it inverts the first processing completion signal from "OFF" to "ON" and updates a specified one of CT11 to CT16. In this case, depending on the timing of the occurrence of an error or the like, a state may occur in which the number of game medals (the number of pseudo medals held by the player) stored and managed in memory 302 by the medal count control CPU 301 has increased or decreased, but the corresponding insertion, settlement, or payout of the pseudo medal has not been determined, resulting in a situation in which the player or the hall suffers a loss or gain from something other than playing the game. On the other hand, if the embodiment is followed, regardless of the timing of an error or the like, when the number of game medals (the number of pseudo medals held by the player) stored and managed in memory 302 by medal count control CPU 301 increases or decreases, the corresponding insertion, settlement, or payout of pseudo medals is confirmed, and no situation occurs in which the player or the hall suffers a gain or loss other than from playing the game. In this respect, the processing order of the embodiment is superior to the processing order reversed from that of the embodiment.

In addition, in the type of movement of one pseudo medal (insertion, settlement, payout) between the main control CPU 101 and the medal number control CPU 301 and the movement of one pseudo medal, the main control CPU 101 and the medal number control When the CPU 301 receives that the two signals, which are controlled by the other party to be "ON" and "OFF", have changed from "OFF" to "ON", the CPU 301 starts processing corresponding to the signals. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the main control CPU 101 from proceeding with the process while the process of the medal number control CPU 301 is not progressing, or only the medal number control CPU 301 proceeding with the process while the process of the main control CPU 101 is not progressing. First, it is possible to ensure consistency between updates of CT11 to CT16 in the main control CPU 101 and updates of CT30 to CT32 in the medal number control CPU 301.

Further, the main control CPU 101 updates a predetermined CT among CT11 to CT16 after turning the first processing completion signal from "OFF" to "ON", and the medal number control CPU 301 turns the second processing completion signal "OFF". After turning it "ON", a predetermined CT among CT30 to CT32 is updated. In this case, compared to the case where the first processing completion signal is changed from "OFF" to "ON" after updating a predetermined CT among CT11 to CT16, the medal number control CPU 301 is It is possible to start the update process for a predetermined CT among CT30 to CT32 at an early stage after starting the update for a predetermined CT among them. For this reason, for example, it is necessary to ensure consistency between the update processing of CT11 to CT16 of the main control CPU 101 and the update processing of CT30 to CT32 of the medal number control CPU 301, or to turn on processing request signals such as the input processing request signal. When changing the first processing completion signal from "OFF" to "ON" after re-inverting from "OFF" to "OFF" and updating a predetermined CT among CT11 to CT16, CT11 to CT16 of the main control CPU 101 is changed from "OFF" to "ON". There is a possibility that consistency can be achieved even in the case of an error at an early stage where consistency cannot be achieved between the update process of 1 and the update process of CT30 to CT32 of the medal number control CPU 301. , the negative impact on players and the hall can be suppressed.

Further, when the medal number control CPU 301 receives the value of the comparative number of inserted medals CT15 from the main control CPU 101, the subtraction result obtained by subtracting the value of the number of inserted medals CT31 from the value of the received comparative number of inserted medals CT15 is "-1". ~ If it is not within the range of "1", it is detected that an abnormality such as fraud has occurred, and in such a case, a specified notification (for example, the change from the previous transmission of "Hole Con/Fraud Monitoring Information" to the current (Notification of abnormalities in the number of insertions until the "Hole Con/Fraud Monitoring Information" is sent), it is possible to easily detect the occurrence of abnormalities such as fraud.

In addition, when the medal count control CPU 301 receives the value of the comparative medal payout number CT16 from the main control CPU 101, if the result of subtracting the value of the medal payout number CT32 from the received value of the comparative medal payout number CT16 is not within the range of "0" to "1", it detects that an abnormality such as fraud has occurred, and in such a case issues a specified alert (for example, an alert of an abnormality in the number of payouts between the previous transmission of "Hall Control/Fraud Monitoring Information" and the transmission of the current "Hall Control/Fraud Monitoring Information"), so that the occurrence of an abnormality such as fraud can be easily discovered.

Furthermore, when viewed from a direction parallel to the first rectangular side K311 of the main control CPU 101 (viewed from the direction of the arrow in FIG. 63(a)), there is overlap between the main control CPU 101 and the medal number control CPU 301. If the area exists (see K315 in FIG. 63(a)), the first rectangular side K311 of the main control CPU 101 and the second rectangular side K313 of the medal number control CPU 301 are parallel to each other. This makes it easy to check whether the As a result, it is possible to easily check by moving the line of sight whether the first connector part K103 and the second connector part K104 are fitted together in a normal position without being tilted, or whether they are fitted in a tilted position.

In addition, since the main control CPU101 and the medal count control CPU301 perform the control related to the payout of pseudo medals, the main control CPU101 and the medal count control CPU301 are likely to become targets for fraudulent modifications. By using the main control CPU101 and the medal count control CPU301 as a guide for checking the fit of the first connector part K103 and the second connector part K104, it becomes possible to simultaneously check for the presence or absence of fraudulent activity and whether the first connector part K103 and the second connector part K104 are fitted in the correct position.

Furthermore, when the first rectangular side K311, which is the long side of the first connector part K103, and the second rectangular side K313, which is the long side of the second connector part K104, are arranged in parallel, the first Compared to the case where the short side of the connector part K103 and the short side of the second connector part K104 are arranged parallel to each other, the short side of the connector part K103 and the second connector part K104 are Since the first connector part K103 and the second connector part K104 are longer, check whether the main control CPU 101 and the medal number control CPU 301 are shifted (tilted) or shifted (tilted) with respect to one another. This makes it easier to confirm whether the first connector part K103 and the second connector part K104 are fitted together in the correct position without being tilted, or whether they are fitted together at an angle.

Moreover, the longer the distance between the main control CPU 101 and the medal number control CPU 301 in the state where the first connector part K103 and the second connector part K104 are fitted together, the more the distance between the first connector part K103 and the second connector part K104 increases. If they are fitted together at an angle, the deviation from the parallel state between the first rectangular side K311 of the main control CPU 101 and the second rectangular side K313 of the medal number control CPU 301 becomes large. For this reason, the main control CPU 101 is arranged on the mounting surface MKa of the main control board 100 in an area MKaa on the opposite side of the first side K301 from the center (dotted line K317) in the direction perpendicular to the first side K301. By increasing the distance between the main control CPU 101 and the medal number control CPU 301, it is possible to check whether the first connector part K103 and the second connector part K104 are fitted together in the correct position without tilting. It becomes easier to confirm whether the fittings are misaligned or not.

In addition, the closer the first connector part K103 or the second connector part K104 is to the end of the first side K301 or the end of the second side K303, the greater the deviation from the parallel state between the first rectangular side K311 of the main control CPU101 and the second rectangular side K313 of the medal count control CPU301 when the first connector part K103 and the second connector part K104 are fitted together at an angle. For this reason, by arranging the first connector part K103 near the end of the first side K301 and the second connector part K104 near the end of the second side K303, it becomes easier to check whether the first connector part K103 and the second connector part K104 are fitted together at a regular position without being tilted or are fitted together at a position offset from the regular position.

Furthermore, in this embodiment, regarding communication between the slot machine SM and the card unit CU, "gaming machine information notification", "count notification", "rental notification", and "rental receipt response" are transmitted and received by serial communication, They are configured so that their transmission timings do not overlap (see FIG. 17). However, regarding "gaming machine information notification", there are three types of "gaming machine performance information", "gaming machine installation information", and "hall console/fraud monitoring information" in the "gaming machine information" section of the data section. , any one of them is sent to the card unit CU as "gaming machine information" in the data section at a transmission timing of 300 ms cycle, but "gaming machine performance information", "gaming machine installation information", and "hole console/fraud monitoring information" There is a table that indicates the priority order when the transmission timings of the two messages overlap, and the data is transmitted according to the table that indicates the priority order. Items whose transmission has been suspended are transmitted at the transmission timing in the next cycle. In addition, "Hole machine/fraud monitoring information" is data that reflects the number of games played, increase/decrease in medals, etc. on the hall computer, so it needs to be sent at short intervals close to real time. "Information" and "Game Machine Installation Information" are checked once a day for the purpose of monitoring the performance of the game machine over the medium to long term and checking for parts replacement of the main control CPU 101 and the medal number control CPU. Since this is sufficient, it is permissible to transmit in a long period. Here, if the priority of short-cycle information is set high, short-cycle information will be transmitted at the same time as long-cycle information, and long-cycle information may not be transmitted. In this embodiment, the priority of "hole control/fraud monitoring information" which has the shortest transmission period is set to be the lowest. With this priority order, if the transmission timings of "gaming machine performance information", "gaming machine installation information", and "hole console/fraud monitoring information" all overlap, the transmission timing will be changed from the previous transmission timing to the corresponding transmission timing. In some cases, 900ms may elapse. In such a case, for example, there is a possibility that the start switch 9 is operated within 900ms, each reel 6L, 6M, 6R is stopped, and the bet switch 7 (or maximum bet switch 8) for the next game is operated. be. In this case, there is a possibility that the allowable range (-3 to +3 medals) for the "number of inserted medals" between transmission timings will be exceeded (see FIG. 34). Therefore, in this embodiment, when the start switch 9 is operated between the previous transmission timing and the transmission timing (when the insertion completion flag is ON), other items ("gaming machine performance information", "gaming machine performance information", "game The system is configured to transmit "Hall control/fraud monitoring information" even if it overlaps with the transmission timing of "machine installation information"). According to this configuration, it is possible to prevent the insertion of pseudo medals from the previous transmission timing to the transmission timing in the "Hole Con/Fraud Monitoring Information" from spanning multiple games. Therefore, it is possible to send appropriate information to the card unit CU that falls within the permissible range (-3 to +3) as the "number of medals inserted" for one game.

In addition, because the "Hall Control/Fraud Monitoring Information" includes the "Number of Medals Paid Out (see FIG. 12)," problems similar to those with the "Number of Medals Inserted" can occur. However, if the payout process is completed between the previous transmission timing and the current transmission timing (if the payout completion flag is ON), the "Hall Control/Fraud Monitoring Information" is configured to be transmitted even if it overlaps with the transmission timing of other items ("Game Machine Performance Information", "Game Machine Installation Information"). With this configuration, it is possible to prevent the payout of pseudo medals between the previous transmission timing and the current transmission timing in the "Hall Control/Fraud Monitoring Information" from spanning multiple games. Therefore, appropriate information that falls within the range (0 to +15) allowed for the "Number of Medals Paid Out" for one game can be transmitted to the card unit CU.

In addition, in FIG. 35, a case was described in which the transmission of "hall control/fraud monitoring information" was prioritized when the transmission timings of "gaming machine installation information", "gaming machine performance information", and "hall control/fraud monitoring information" all overlap while the input completion flag (or payout completion flag) is set to ON. In this embodiment, the transmission timing of "hall control/fraud monitoring information" may overlap with the transmission timing of "gaming machine installation information", but may not overlap with the transmission timing of "gaming machine performance information". In this case, even if the "gaming machine installation information" is transmitted with priority, the transmission interval of "hall control/fraud monitoring information" will be 600 ms. Since there is little risk of it spanning multiple games at 600 ms, in such a case, even if the input completion flag (or payout completion flag) is set to ON, the "gaming machine installation information" may be transmitted without prioritizing "hall control/fraud monitoring information". In this case, appropriate information such as the "number of inserted medals (see FIG. 12)" and "number of paid out medals (see FIG. 12)" for one game can be sent to the card unit CU, while other items ("gaming machine installation information", "gaming machine performance information") can be sent smoothly.

In addition, in this embodiment, if the power supply to the card unit CU is interrupted (voltage VL = OFF) while the stop switches 10L, 10M, 10R on the third stop reel are being pressed, the card unit CU will no longer supply voltage (VL) to the slot machine SM, invalidating the operation of the stop switches 10L, 10M, 10R and putting an end to the pressing, after which the first payout processing means 101h performs a payout process and the usable number data (storage means 302a) is rewritten. On the other hand, if the power supply to the card unit CU is interrupted, it will not be able to receive information from the slot machine SM. Therefore, in a configuration in which "payout information" (see Figs. 12 and 13) is transmitted after the start of the payout process, if the power supply to the card unit CU is interrupted while the stop switches 10L, 10M, and 10R of the third reel are being pressed, a discrepancy occurs between the available number data stored in the storage means 302a and the available number data (storage means 502a) stored on the card unit CU side. However, in this embodiment, when the stop switches 10L, 10M, and 10R of the third reel are pressed, a judgment is made by the judgment means 101g, and if the judgment result is a winning combination for the payout of pseudo medals, the "payout information" (see Figs. 12 and 13) is transmitted to the card unit CU even if the pressing has not ended. Therefore, even if the power supply to the card unit CU is cut off while the stop switches 10L, 10M, and 10R on the third stop reel are being pressed and held, the "payout information" has already been sent to the card unit CU, preventing any discrepancy between the available number data stored in the memory means 302a and the available number data stored on the card unit CU side (memory means 502a) (see FIG. 36).

In addition, the operation management means 101p disables the operation of the operation means related to the progress of the game (start switch 9, stop switches 10L, 10M, 10R, etc.) when voltage VL is not being supplied from the card unit CU, such as when the harness between the slot machine SM and the card unit CU is disconnected or the card unit CU is not powered on. In this case, the game progresses without communication between the slot machine SM and the card unit CU, which can prevent a malfunction that causes a discrepancy between the available number data stored in the storage means 302a and the available number data stored on the card unit CU side (storage means 502a).

Also, as shown in FIG. 37, if a circuit (AND circuit) is formed for each of the bet switch 7, maximum bet switch 8, counting switch 31, start switch 9, stop switches 10L, 10M, 10R, and settlement switch 33, which cannot be used unless both the voltage VL on the slot machine SM side and the voltage VL on the card unit CU side are supplied, the progress of the game can be reliably stopped when the voltage VL is not supplied from the card unit CU, thereby preventing a malfunction caused by a discrepancy between the available number data stored in the memory means 302a and the available number data stored on the card unit CU side (memory means 502a).

Further, as shown in FIG. 37, a means (for example, an AND circuit ), when the voltage VL from the card unit CU is not supplied, the usable number data is not displayed on the game medal number display 26, so the usable number data stored on the card unit CU side It is possible to prevent the player from feeling distrustful due to the discrepancy between the data on the number of available game medals and the data on the number of usable medals displayed on the game medal number display 26.

Even if the power supply to the card unit CU is cut off while the stop switches 10L, 10M, and 10R on the third stop reel are pressed and remain pressed, the slot machine SM disables the operation of the stop switches 10L, 10M, and 10R based on the fact that the voltage VL is no longer being supplied from the card unit CU, and a payout process is performed after the pressing is stopped, and when this process is completed, the usable number data stored in the memory means 502a is rewritten. This prevents the player from suffering a disadvantage due to the lack of power supply only to the card unit CU.

In addition, in this embodiment, some of the LED lamps La mounted on the mounting surface MKa of the main control board 100 are positioned so as not to overlap with the connector parts K103, 104 when viewed from a direction parallel to the connection/disconnection direction of the connector parts K103, K104 (a position outside the area JA in FIG. 61). Therefore, when the gap SA (see FIG. 60) is viewed from the checking direction (arrow CA: see FIG. 61), the light from the LED lamps La outside the area JA is irradiated into the gap SA, making it easy to check for unauthorized parts hidden in the gap SA.

In addition, when both board cases K101 and K102 are rotated based on the rotation axis, the back side of the mounting surface HKa of the medal number control board 300 can be confirmed, but the light from the LED lamp La that is out of the JA area is reflected from the back side. Since the illumination also illuminates the back surface of the medal number control board 300 when both board cases K101 and K102 are rotated, it is also easy to check the back side of the medal number control board 300.

Furthermore, when looking at the connecting portion RK from the confirmation direction (arrow CA: see FIG. 61), a resistor component Ra is interposed between each LED lamp La, and the height of the resistor component Ra from the mounting surface MKa is , is higher than the height of each LED lamp La from the mounting surface MKa. Therefore, when looking at the gap SA from the confirmation direction (arrow CA: see FIG. 61), it is possible to prevent the light from the LED lamp La from directly entering the eye and reducing visibility.

In addition, a portion of the LED lamp La is positioned in a direction perpendicular to the pivot axis (Z direction) at a position farther away from the pivot axis than the two connector parts K103, K104 when connected. Therefore, when checking the connection part RK (gap SA) from the checking direction (arrow CA), the light of the LED lamp La is closer, improving visibility.

Therefore, according to the embodiment described above, the fitting between the first and second connector parts K103 and K104 is released while maintaining the state in which the first and second board cases K101 and K102 are attached to the support plate KYb. Since the structure is configured to allow movement in the direction of The connector parts K103 and K104 can be moved in a direction to release the fitting. As a result, if a malfunction occurs, for example, foreign matter such as hair or dust gets caught in the first and second connector parts K103 and K104, or a device used for so-called trespassing such as illegal wiring gets caught in the first connector part K103, K104. , by moving the second connector parts K103, K104 in the unfitting direction to create a gap between the first connector part K103 and the second connector part K104, the first and second connector parts K103, It becomes possible to easily correct the above-mentioned defects occurring in the K104. Furthermore, by forming a gap between the first and second connector parts K103 and K104, fraudulent acts such as placing unauthorized parts in a hidden position behind the first and second connector parts K103 and K104 can be prevented. can be easily discovered. At this time, the first pivot shaft section K108 and the second pivot shaft section K109 are connected to the first mounting means for attaching the first and second board cases K101 and K102 to the support plate KYb on the inner surface of the housing KY. 2, the first and second connector parts K103 and K104 can be moved in the direction of releasing the fitting.

In addition, the first pivot shaft K108, which is the first mounting means, functions as a movement permitting means for permitting the movement of the first board case K101 in a direction for releasing the engagement between the first and second connector parts K103 and K104, and allows the movement of the first and second connector parts K103 and K104 to be greater than the amount of movement for releasing the engagement between the first and second connector parts K103 and K104 while maintaining the attachment state of the first and second board cases K101 and K102 to the inner surface of the gaming machine cabinet KY. Since this allows for movement, the first and second connector parts K103, K104 can be completely released from their engagement while maintaining the first and second board cases K101, K102 attached to the inner surface of the gaming machine cabinet KY, making it possible to easily correct incomplete engagement of the first and second connector parts K103, K104 and also making it easy to discover fraudulent behavior such as placing illegal parts in positions hidden behind the first and second connector parts K103, K104. Furthermore, if the first board case K101 is configured to be immovable, the engagement between the first and second connector parts K103, K104 cannot be released unless the board case is destroyed by the B and C crimping using the first and second pivot parts K108, K109. However, if the first board case K101 is configured to be movable in the left and right directions and the movement amount ΔL of the first board case K101 is set to be equal to or greater than the movement amount for releasing the engagement between the first and second connector parts K103, K104, the first board case K101 can be moved to the right without being destroyed to completely release the engagement between the first and second connector parts K103, K104. This makes it possible to easily correct incomplete engagement between the first and second connector parts K103, K104 and also makes it possible to easily discover fraudulent behavior such as placing fraudulent parts in a position hidden behind the first and second connector parts K103, K104. Furthermore, even if a malfunction occurs in either the main control board 100 or the medal count control board 300 and the malfunctioning board needs to be replaced or inspected, by destroying only the mounting means corresponding to the malfunctioning board, it is possible to send the malfunctioning board housed in the board case to the manufacturer without destroying the mounting means corresponding to the control board that does not have a malfunction. Specifically, if a malfunction occurs in the main control board 100 or the medal count control board 300, the first board case K101 is moved to the right to completely release the engagement of the first and second connector parts K103 and K104. Then, for example, if a malfunction occurs in the main control board 100, the notch K108a2 in the shaft part K108a of the first rotating shaft part K108, which is the first mounting means, is broken, and the shaft fixing member K108c is removed from the shaft part K108a, so that the first board case K101 can be moved independently of the second board case K102. On the other hand, for example, if a malfunction occurs in the medal count control board 300, the notch K109a2 in the shaft K109a of the second pivot shaft K109, which is the second mounting means, is broken, and the shaft fixing member K109c is removed from the shaft K108a, so that the second board case K102 can be moved independently of the first board case K101. In addition, since the first board case K101 and the second board case K102 can be rotated at different rotation angles with the first and second connector parts K103 and K104 disengaged, it becomes possible to easily visually check the positions hidden behind the first and second connector parts K103 and K104, and it is easy to discover fraudulent acts such as hiding illegal parts.

In addition, since the recess K112 is formed at the boundary between the first and second board cases K101 and K102, by inserting a tool such as a flathead screwdriver into the recess K112, the first and second connector parts in the fitted state can be removed. It becomes possible to easily push apart K103 and K104 in the direction to release the fitting.

In addition, the recess K112 is formed at a position that overlaps the first and second connector parts K103, K104 in a front view when they are mated. When an instrument such as a flathead screwdriver is inserted into the recess K112 to move the first and second connector parts K103, K104 in a direction to release the mating, an external force for releasing the mating can be applied to the first and second connector parts K103, K104 almost evenly, preventing damage to the pins of the first and second connector parts K103, K104.

In addition, when the first and second substrate cases K101, K102 are rotated by hooking a finger or the like on the upper right extension K101a5 or the upper left extension K102a5, the first connector portion K103 and the second connector portion K104 are positioned closer to the first and second pivot shaft portions K108, K109 than the upper right extension portion K101a5 or the upper left extension portion K102a5. Therefore, even when the first and second connector portions K103, K104 are electrically connected by engagement and an operating force for rotating only one of the first substrate case K101 and the second substrate case K102 is applied to rotate them, the amount of rotation of one of the first and second connector portions K103, K104 is smaller than the amount of rotation of one of the first substrate case K101 and the second substrate case K102, i.e., the displacement is smaller. As a result, the stress applied to the first and second connector parts K103, K104 due to the displacement of either one of the first and second connector parts K103, K104 can be reduced, and by locating the first and second connector parts K103, 104 near the pivot shaft part K107, the amount of rotation can be reduced, so damage to the pins of the first and second connector parts K103, K104 can be more effectively prevented.

In addition, since the locking portion K117 is disposed at a position farther away from the first and second connector portions K103 and K104 with respect to the first and second pivot shaft portions K108 and K109, when the first and second board cases K101 and K102 are rotated by pulling the plunger K117d of the locking portion K117 for holding the first and second board cases K102 and K102 in the storage position facing the support plate KYb on the inner surface of the housing KY, the plunger K117d of the locking portion K117 is pulled. Even if a large external force is applied when releasing the engagement between the jack K117d and the grommet on the receiving portion K117a, causing a force in the rotation direction to act on one of the first and second board cases K101, K102, the stress applied to the first and second connector portions K103, K104 close to the first and second pivot shaft portions K108, K109 can be reduced, and damage to the first and second connector portions K103, K104 can be prevented. Furthermore, even if the engagement between the plunger K117d of the locking portion K117 and the grommet on the receiving portion K117a side is released and the upper right end of the first board case K101 or the upper left end of the second board case K102 is used as a rotation operation portion and a force is applied to pull them toward the front, the stress applied to the first and second connector portions K103 and K104, which are closer to the first and second pivot shaft portions K108 and K109 than the upper right end of the first board case K101 or the upper left end of the second board case K102, can be reduced, thereby preventing damage to the first and second connector portions K103 and K104.

The present invention is not limited to the above-mentioned embodiment, and various modifications can be made without departing from the spirit of the invention.

For example, in the above embodiment, in the sequence in Figures 30 to 32, a predetermined notification is made if the value of the number of insertions CT11 in step S1307 is not the set allowable insertion number that is permitted to be set as the number of medals to be used in one game that can be generally assumed in the slot machine SM and other slot machines (as defined by rules, etc.), and a predetermined notification is made if the value of the number of payouts CT12 is not the set allowable payout number that is permitted to be set as the number of medals to be paid out in one game that can be generally assumed in the slot machine SM and other slot machines (as defined by rules, etc.). However, instead of this, a predetermined notification may be made if the value of the number of insertions CT11 is not the number of medals set as the number of medals to be used in one game in the slot machine SM (hereinafter referred to as the "unique set insertion number"), and a predetermined notification may be made if the value of the number of payouts CT12 is not the number of medals set as the number of medals to be paid out in one game in the slot machine SM (hereinafter referred to as the "unique set payout number"). An example of this will be described using Figure 64. In FIG. 64, communication between the medal count control CPU 301 and the unit CPU 501 is realized by the function of the inter-unit transmission/reception means 301e of the medal count control CPU 301 and the function of the transmission/reception means 501e of the unit CPU 501, and communication between the main control CPU 101 and the medal count control CPU 301 is realized by the function of the medal management transmission/reception means 101n of the main control CPU 101 and the function of the main board transmission/reception means 301a of the medal count control CPU 301.

When the power of the slot machine SM is turned on, the main control CPU 101 of the slot machine SM transmits the unique setting number of inputs and the unique setting number of payouts to the medal number control CPU 301 of the slot machine SM (step S1401), and the medal number control CPU 301 holds the unique setting input number and unique setting payout number received from the main control CPU 101 in the memory 302 (step S1402).

Steps S1301 to S1306 are the same as steps S1301 to S1306 described in FIG. 30.

In step S1403, the medal count control CPU 301 performs the following (Process 1) to (Process 4).

(Process 1) If the value of the number of inputs CT11 received from the main control CPU 101 is not "0", the medal number control CPU 301 changes the value of the number of inputs CT11 to the uniquely set number of inputs (in this modification, from "2" to " 3), and if it is not the uniquely set number of inputs, a predetermined notification (for example, notification of an abnormality in the number of inputs in one game) is performed.

(Process 2) If the value of the payout number CT12 received from the main control CPU 101 is not "0", the medal number control CPU 301 changes the value of the payout number CT12 to the uniquely set payout number (in this modification, "1", " 8", "15"), and if it is not the uniquely set payout number, a predetermined notification (for example, notification of an abnormality in the number of payouts in one game) is performed.

(Processing 3) The medal number control CPU 301 compares the value of the comparative number of inserted medals CT15 received from the main control CPU 101 with the value of the number of inserted medals CT31, and calculates the value of the number of inserted medals CT31 from the value of the comparative number of inserted medals CT15. Check whether the subtraction result is within the range of "-1" to "1", and if it is not within the range, the specified notification (for example, the change from the previous transmission of "Hallcon/Fraud Monitoring Information" to the current (notification of abnormalities in the number of insertions until the sending of "Hole Con/Fraud Monitoring Information").

(Processing 4) The medal number control CPU 301 compares the value of the comparative number of paid out medals CT16 received from the main control CPU 101 with the value of the number of paid out medals CT32, and calculates the value of the number of paid out medals CT31 from the value of the comparative number of paid out/input medals CT15. Check whether the result of subtracting is within the range of "0" to "1", and if it is not within the range, the specified notification (for example, the change from the previous transmission of "Hole Con/Fraud Monitoring Information" to the current (notification of abnormalities in the number of payouts until the sending of "Hole Con/Fraud Monitoring Information").

Steps S1308 to S1309 are the same as steps S1308 to S1309 described in FIG. 30.

For example, if the unique set number of inputs and unique set number of payouts set in the slot machine SM are part of the set allowable input number and set allowable payout number, the number of inputs CT11 and the number of payouts CT12 are the set allowable number of inputs. Even if there is a number of inputs other than the uniquely set number of inputs or a payout other than the uniquely set number of payouts among the set allowable number of payouts, an abnormality such as fraud has occurred.

According to this configuration, when the number of medals to be used (consumed) in one game (the value of the input number CT11) is received from the main control CPU101, if the received number of medals is not the uniquely set input number, it detects that an abnormality such as fraud has occurred, and in such a case issues a prescribed notification (for example, a notification of an abnormality in the number of medals input in one game), so that the occurrence of such an abnormality such as fraud can be easily discovered. Also, when the medal count control CPU301 receives the number of medals to be paid out in one game (the value of the payout number CT12) from the main control CPU101, if the received number of medals is not the uniquely set payout number, it detects that an abnormality such as fraud has occurred, and in such a case issues a prescribed notification (for example, a notification of an abnormality in the number of medals paid out in one game), so that the occurrence of such an abnormality such as fraud can be easily discovered.

In addition, when the power is turned on, the unique setting number of inputs and the unique setting payout number are transmitted from the main control CPU 101 to the medal number control CPU 301 and held in the memory 302 of the medal number control CPU 301. The workload of setting the number in the memory 302 of the medal number control CPU 301 can be avoided.

In the above, the main control CPU 101 transmits the unique setting input number and unique setting payout number to the medal count control CPU 301 when the power is turned on, and the medal count control CPU 301 retains the received unique setting input number and unique setting payout number, but this is not limited to this. For example, when the main control board 100 on which the main control CPU 101 is mounted and the medal count control board 300 on which the medal count control CPU 301 is mounted are attached to the slot machine SM, the unique setting input number and unique setting payout number may be set in the memory 302 of the medal count control CPU 301.

In addition, in the above-described embodiment, the amount of movement of medals and the number of medals counted by the main control CPU 101 between the first transmission timings for transmitting the telegram "gaming information notification" that stores continuous "hole con/fraud monitoring information" Although the amount of movement of the medals counted by the control CPU 301 side is compared, the amount of movement of medals counted by the main control CPU 101 side is compared with the movement of medals counted by the medal number control CPU 301 side for each game unit. It is also possible to perform a predetermined notification based on the comparison result by comparing the amount with the amount, and an example of this will be explained using FIGS. 65 and 66. In addition, in FIGS. 65 and 66, the communication between the medal number control CPU 301 and the unit CPU 501 is realized by the function of the inter-unit transmitting/receiving means 301e of the medal number controlling CPU 301 and the function of the transmitting/receiving means 501e of the unit CPU 501. Communication between the control CPU 101 and the medal number control CPU 301 is realized by the function of the medal management transmission/reception means 101n of the main control CPU 101 and the function of the main board-to-board transmission/reception means 301a of the medal number control CPU 301.

Steps S1501 to S1504 are the same as steps S701 to S704 in FIG. 25.

When the maximum bet switch 8 is pressed (step S1505), steps S1506 to S1511 are executed. The processes in steps S1506 to S1509 are the same as those in steps S706 to S709 in FIG. 25. Step S1510 is the same as step S710 in FIG. 25, except that the comparative number of inserted medals CT15 is increased by +1. Step S1511 is the same as step S711 in FIG. 25, except that the confirmed number of inserted medals CT33 is increased by +1. The confirmed number of inserted medals CT33 is used to manage the number of inserted medals or settled (input canceled) in one game, and to compare it with the number of inserted medals CT11.

Processing in steps S1512 to S1519 is performed. Note that the processing in step S1512 has the same contents as step S1301 in FIG. Furthermore, the process in step S1513 is the same as step S1302 in FIG. 30 except that the transmission of the comparative number of inserted medals CT15 and the comparative number of paid out medals CT16 is removed. Further, the processing in steps S1514 to S1517 is the same as steps S1303 to S1306 in FIG. 30. Further, step S1518 is the same as step S1308 in FIG. 30 except that the value of the comparative number of inserted medals CT15 and the value of the comparative number of paid out medals CT16 are set to "0". Furthermore, step S1519 has the same content as step S1309 in FIG. The message "gaming machine information notification" that stores the "hole console/fraud monitoring information" in step S1514 is the first telegram "gaming machine information notification" that stores the "hole console/fraud monitoring information" after the start switch 9 is operated. Therefore, the number of inputs CT11 and the number of confirmed inputs CT33 are not compared in relation to the message ``gaming machine information notification'' storing the ``hole console/fraud monitoring information'' in step S1514.

The processing of steps S1520 to S1525 is carried out. Note that the processing of steps S1520 to S1523 is the same as that of steps S802 to S805 in FIG. 25. Step S1524 is the same as that of step S806 in FIG. 25, except that the value of the comparative number of inserted medals CT15 is added by "+1". Also, step S1525 is the same as that of step S807 in FIG. 25, except that the value of the confirmed number of inserted medals CT33 is added by "+1".

The processing of steps S1526 to S1528 is performed. Note that the processing of steps S1526 to S1528 is the same as that of steps S712 to S714 in FIG. 25.

When the start switch 9 is pressed (step S1529), step S1530, which has the same content as step S712 in FIG. 25, is performed.

In steps S1531 to S1536, the same processing as in steps S1512 to S1517 is performed.

The medal number control CPU 301 determines that the message ``gaming machine information notification'' storing the ``hole con/fraud monitoring information'' in step S1533 is the same as the message ``game machine information notification'' storing the first ``hole con/fraud monitoring information'' after the start switch 9 is operated. Since the notification is "gaming machine information notification", the following (processing 1) to (processing 3) are performed in step S1537.

(Process 1) When the value of the insertion count CT11 received from the main control CPU 101 is not "0", the medal count control CPU 301 checks whether the value of the insertion count CT11 is the settable insertion count (in this embodiment, "1" to "3") that is permitted to be set as the number of medals to be inserted in one game in the slot machine SM and other slot machines, and if it is not the settable insertion count, a specified notification is made (for example, a notification of an abnormality in the number of insertions in one game).

(Process 2) If the value of the payout number CT12 received from the main control CPU 101 is not "0", the medal count control CPU 301 checks whether the value of the payout number CT12 is the set allowable payout number (in this embodiment, "1" to "15") that is allowed to be set as the number of medals paid out in one game in the slot machine SM and other slot machines, and if it is not the set allowable payout number, it issues a specified notification (for example, a notification of an abnormality in the number of payouts in one game).

(Process 3) The medal count control CPU 301 compares the value of the number of medals inserted CT11 received from the main control CPU 101 with the value of the confirmed number of medals inserted CT33 to check whether the values of the number of medals inserted CT11 and the confirmed number of medals inserted CT33 are the same, and if they are not the same, issues a specified notification (for example, a notification of an abnormality in the number of medals inserted in one game).

After the process of step S1532, the main control CPU 101 clears each value of the input number CT11 and the payout number CT12 to "0" (step S1538). Further, after the process in step S1537, the medal number control CPU 301 clears each value of the number of inserted medals CT31 and the number of paid medals CT32 to "0", and stores the "hole con/fraud monitoring information" in step S1533. Since the message "gaming machine information notification" is the message "gaming machine information notification" that stores the first "hole con/fraud monitoring information" after operating the start switch 9, set the value of the confirmed input number CT33 to "0". Clear (step S1539).

In addition, in the above embodiment, the amount of medals exchanged between the main control CPU 101 and the medal count control CPU 301 per transaction is one medal, but this is not limited to this and may be two or more medals.

In addition, in the above-described embodiment, the content of "ON" of each signal is made the content of "OFF", the content of "OFF" is made to be the content of "ON", and each signal is inverted or re-inverted accordingly. Processing may also be performed.

Moreover, the following content may be added to the content explained using FIG. 63(a) in the above-described embodiment. A first rectangular side K311 of the main control CPU 101 is attached to the surface opposite to the surface facing the mounting surface MKa of the main control board 100 (the surface visible in FIG. 63(a): hereinafter referred to as the "top surface"). A package marking including a plurality of elements (hereinafter referred to as "the first plurality of parallel elements") arranged in a row substantially parallel to each other is printed on the package, and the medal number control board 300 is mounted in the medal number control CPU 301. A plurality of pieces arranged in a line substantially parallel to the second rectangular side K313 on the surface K333 opposite to the surface facing the surface HKa (the surface visible in FIG. 63(a): hereinafter referred to as the "top surface"). A package marking including elements (hereinafter referred to as "second plurality of parallel elements") is printed. The first plurality of parallel elements and the second plurality of parallel elements include the same element row (consisting of two or more elements: hereinafter referred to as "same element row"). Note that each element in the same element string is either a character, a symbol, or a figure. All elements in the same element string may be characters, symbols, or figures. Also, some of the elements in the same element string are characters and the rest are symbols, or some of the elements in the same element string are characters, the rest are symbols, and the rest are figures. In some cases, the same element string may be composed of multiple types. Note that the same element rows may have the same or different dimensions on the main control CPU 101 side and the medal number control CPU 301 side, and may have the same or different colors. good.

With this configuration, it is expected that by comparing the same element strings, it will be possible to easily check whether the main control CPU 101 and the medal count control CPU 301 are misaligned (inclined) relative to one another.

Note that the color of the same element row on the top surface K331 of the main control CPU 101 and the color of the top surface K331 of the main control CPU 101 have a high contrast relationship or a color matching relationship in the hue wheel diagram. The color of a certain same element row and the color of the upper surface K333 of the medal number control CPU 301 may have a high contrast relationship or a color matching relationship in a color wheel diagram. In this way, each identical element row used to confirm whether the first connector part K103 and the second connector part K104 are fitted together in the correct position without tilting can be easily seen, so the confirmation can be easily performed. Become.

The contents described in the above embodiment using FIG. 63 may also be applied between other control boards that are connected via BtoB (for example, between the main control board 100 and the sub-control board 200 in a device in which the main control board 100 and the sub-control board 200 are connected via BtoB).

Further, in the above-described embodiment, the first and second pivot shafts K108 and K109 each serve as the "first attachment means" and the "second attachment means", but the "first attachment means" ” and “second attachment means” may be provided separately from the first and second pivot portions K108 and K109. Further, in the above-described embodiment, the first and second attachment means have a structure that cannot be opened without destroying the board case, but the present invention is not limited to this, and the structure may involve destruction or deformation of some member. Any structure that allows the board case to be opened is sufficient.

Further, in the above-described embodiment, a case has been described in which the "movement permitting means" is provided only on the first board case K101 side, but it may also be provided only on the second board case K102 side. It may be provided in both of the board cases K101 and K102.

Furthermore, in the embodiment described above, the recesses K101a11 and K102a11 formed in the first and second board cases K101 and K102, respectively, are used as the recess K112 for forming a gap between the first and second connector parts K103 and K104. Although an example in which the recess K112 is configured has been described, only one of the recesses K101a11 and K102a11 may be used as a recess for forming a gap between the first and second connector parts K103 and K104.

Furthermore, in the above-described embodiment, the case where the upper right extension part K101a5 and the upper left extension part K102a5 are provided as the turning operation parts of the first and second board cases K101 and K102 has been described. The locking part K117 may be used as a turning operation part without providing the extension part K101a5 and the upper left extension part K102a5. In this case, the locking part K117 also serves as a turning operation part, so that the configuration can be simplified.

Further, as shown in FIG. 67, two extension pieces K105 for connecting the first and second board cases K101 and K102 in a BtoB connected state are electrically connected by fitting. It is preferable to arrange it at a position overlapping the first and second connector parts K103 and K104 when viewed from the front. At this time, the "overlapping position when viewed from the front" is not limited to the case where the two extension pieces K105 are arranged within the range of the vertical width of the first and second connector parts K103 and K104, but when viewed from the front. The upper extending piece K105 partially protrudes from the upper ends of the first and second connector parts K103 and K104, and the lower extending piece K105 partially protrudes from the lower ends of the first and second connector parts K103 and K104. Including cases.

In this way, even in a situation where stress is applied to the first and second connector parts K103, K104 that are electrically connected by fitting, such as when the first board case K101 and the second board case K102 are rotated at different rotation angles, the two extension pieces K105 are close to the first and second connector parts K103, K104, so the torsional force directly applied to the first and second connector parts K103, K104 can be alleviated by the two extension pieces K105, and damage to the pins of the first and second connector parts K103, K104 can be prevented.

The above-described embodiment may be modified so that each board (main control board 100, sub-control board 200, medal count control board 300, unit control board 500, etc.) is provided with a sticker bearing an identification symbol that allows the identification information of the board to be read using a reader. Variations 1 to 3 are described below.

The arrangement positions of the seals on which identification symbols are formed on each board (main control board 100, sub-control board 200, medal count control board 300, unit control board 500, etc.) will be explained with reference to FIGS. 68 to 70. However, each board (main control board 100, sub-control board 200, medal count control board 300, unit control board 500, etc.) follows the same idea regarding the placement position of the seal on which the identification symbol is formed. The board (main control board 100, sub-control board 200, medal number control board 300, unit control board 500, etc.) will be described as a board M100. Note that if the slot machine SM is equipped with another board and a sticker with an identification symbol is affixed to the other board, the placement position etc. of the sticker with the identification symbol will vary depending on each board (main control board 100). , the sub-control board 200, the medal number control board 300, the unit control board 500, etc.), the same idea can be followed as the arrangement position of the seal on which the identification symbol is formed.

As shown in Figures 68 and 69, the surface M100a of the substrate M100 has a wiring pattern M101, which is a single solid wiring pattern for ground with a predetermined potential of 0, a power supply wiring pattern M109 with a predetermined potential of VDD, and a signal wiring pattern M102 arranged thereon, and also has components M103A, M103B, and M103C (e.g., a CPU) mounted thereon. Note that in this modified example (1), the surface M100a of the substrate M100 will be described as having only three components M103A, M103B, and M103C mounted thereon, but the number of components mounted is not limited to this.

In addition, in the wiring pattern M101 arranged on the surface M100a of the substrate M100, component information M150 representing the component M103A is formed by silk-screen printing, as shown in Figures 68 and 69. This component information M150 is formed so as to protrude from the formation surface, as shown in Figure 69. However, although the information formed by silk-screen printing in Figure 68 is only the component information M150 of the component M103A, the component information of the other components M103B and M103C may also be formed by silk-screen printing, or information other than the component information may also be formed by silk-screen printing.

In addition, on the back surface M100b of the substrate M100, as shown in FIG. 69, there are arranged a ground wiring pattern M104 having a predetermined potential of 0, a power supply wiring pattern (not shown) having a predetermined potential of VDD, and a signal wiring pattern (not shown).

As shown in Figures 68 and 69, the board M100 has a through hole M106 that electrically connects the ground wiring pattern M101 arranged on the front surface M100a to the ground wiring pattern M104 arranged on the back surface M100b. The board M100 also has a through hole M110 that connects the power supply wiring pattern M109 arranged on the front surface M100a to the power supply wiring pattern arranged on the back surface M100b (see Figure 68). The board M100 also has a through hole M107 that connects the signal wiring pattern M102 arranged on the front surface M100a to the signal wiring pattern arranged on the back surface M100b (see Figure 68).

In addition, a predetermined area (hereinafter referred to as the "attachment area") M132 for attaching the sticker M131 is predefined on the front surface M100a side of the substrate M100, and the entire attachment area M132 is located on the wiring pattern M101, which is a single solid wiring pattern.

A sticker M131 is arranged within this pasting area M132. In this modification (1), the sticker M131 and the pasting area M132 are assumed to have the same size and the same shape, and the sticker M131 is pasted so that the entire sticker M131 is contained within the pasting area M132. In this modification (1), it is assumed that the sticker M131 and the pasting area M132 have the same dimensions and the same shape, but the pasting area M132 is such that the entire sticker M131 is within the pasting area M132. The size and shape may be such that the seal M131 is affixed so that the entire seal M131 is within the affixing area M132.

A QR code (registered trademark) M120 is formed on the front side of this sticker M131, which allows the identification information of the board M100 to be read using a reader, and the back side (the side that becomes the board M100 side when pasting) is formed. Adhesive is applied. The seal M131 is attached to the attachment area M132 on the wiring pattern M101 by the adhesive applied to the back surface of the seal M131.

The QR code (registered trademark) M120 is imaged by a camera, etc. included in the reader, and the captured image is analyzed by a computer, etc. included in the reader, so that the information (in this embodiment, the identification information of the board M100) is It is readable. Note that reading the QR code (registered trademark) M120 with a reader is a known technique, so the details will be omitted.

The arrangement area M121 of the QR code (registered trademark) M120 has a rectangular shape surrounded by the dotted line in FIG. (the white part of the surrounding part). Here, the three corners of the rectangle forming the arrangement area M121 correspond to the outermost corners of each finder pattern (cutout symbol, position detection pattern) of the QR code (registered trademark) M120.

As described above, the entire attachment area M132 is located on the wiring pattern M101, which is a single solid wiring pattern. Therefore, the entire sticker M131 attached within the attachment area M132 exists on the wiring pattern M101. In addition, the entire QR code (registered trademark) M120 formed on the sticker M131 and its entire placement area M121 naturally also exist on the wiring pattern M101.

The above-mentioned through-hole M106 is arranged to avoid the attachment area M132 so that not even a part of it is included in the attachment area M132. In other words, not even a part of the through-hole M106 is present in the attachment area M132. Also, the component information M150 is arranged to avoid the attachment area M132 so that not even a part of it is included in the attachment area M132. In other words, not even a part of the component information M150 is present in the attachment area M132. Therefore, the through-hole M106 and the component information M150 are not present under the sticker M131 attached to the attachment area M132. Note that the entire attachment area M132 to which the sticker M131 is attached is on the wiring pattern M101, so naturally the through-holes M107 and M110 other than the through-hole M106 are not present under the sticker M131 attached to the attachment area M132.

The area M145 including the placement area M121 of the QR code (registered trademark) M120 and a predetermined area adjacent to the placement area M121 (hereinafter referred to as "placement adjacent area") M140 is connected to the surface M100a (single solid wiring Specific components (for example, some capacitors, filters, unidirectional insertion mounting type or TO type used in IC This is an area where no packaged items or connectors will be placed. This area M145 is referred to as a placement prohibited area M145. Note that a specific component whose height may exceed a predetermined value H is prohibited from being arranged so that even a portion thereof is included within the prohibited placement region M145.

In this modified example (1), the layout adjacent region M140 has a square frame shape centered on the center of the layout region M121, and the distance between each side of the layout adjacent region M121 and each side of the layout adjacent region M140 is a predetermined value. If the layout adjacent region M140 is set first, for example, multiple specific parts with different heights may be prepared and a test may be performed to see whether the QR code (registered trademark) M120 is misrecognized, and the predetermined value H to be actually used may be determined according to the test results. If the predetermined value H is set first, for example, multiple layout adjacent regions M140 with different sizes and shapes may be prepared and a test may be performed to see whether the QR code (registered trademark) M120 is misrecognized, and the size and shape of the layout adjacent region M140 to be actually used may be determined according to the test results.

In addition, instead of being an area where it is prohibited to place components with a size equal to or greater than a predetermined value H, the prohibited placement area M145 may be an area where it is prohibited to place components in specific packages (e.g., components in one-way insertion mounting or TO type packages) or certain components (large-capacity capacitors, large filters, connectors, etc.).

The center of the placement adjacent area M140 and the center of the placement area M121 are not limited to being coincident with each other. For example, if the attachment area M132 for attaching the sticker M131 on which the QR code (registered trademark) 120 is formed is located near the edge of the substrate M100, the placement adjacent area M140 may be set so that the center of the placement adjacent area M140 and the center of the placement area M121 do not coincide with each other.

As described above, components M103A, M103B, and M103C are mounted on the surface M100a of the board M100. As shown in FIG. 68 and FIG. 69, component M103A is placed in the placement prohibited area M145, but as shown in FIG. 69, the back height of component M103A is less than the predetermined value H. Also, as shown in FIG. 69, the back height of component M103B is equal to or greater than the predetermined value H, but as shown in FIG. 68 and FIG. 69, component M103B is placed so that its entirety is outside the placement prohibited area M145. Also, component M103C is placed so that its entirety is outside the placement prohibited area M145, as shown in FIG. 68 and FIG. 69, and its back height is less than the predetermined value H. Therefore, specific components that may have a back height of equal to or greater than the predetermined value H are not placed in the placement prohibited area M145. In other words, FIG. 69 shows a component placement that satisfies the condition that specific components that may have a back height of equal to or greater than the predetermined value H are not placed in the placement prohibited area M145.

In the case of FIG. 70(a), only components M103A, M103B, and M103C are arranged on the surface M100a of the board M100, and among the components M103A, M103B, and M103C, component M103A is the tallest component. , the height of the part is less than a predetermined value H. As shown in FIG. 70(a), part M103A is placed in the placement prohibited area M145, but although part M103A is the tallest part among parts M103A, M103B, and M103C, its height is It is less than the predetermined value H. Further, as shown in FIG. 70(a), the parts M103B and M103C are arranged so that the entire parts are outside the placement prohibited area M145, and their heights are less than the predetermined value H. Therefore, a specific component whose height may exceed the predetermined value H is not placed in the placement prohibited area M145. In other words, FIG. 70(a) shows a component arrangement that satisfies the condition that a specific component whose height may exceed the predetermined value H is not placed in the prohibited placement region M145.

However, FIG. 70(a) in which the tallest component M103A is placed in the placement prohibited area M145 is different from FIG. 72 in which the tallest component is not placed in the placement prohibited area M145. The component arrangement does not satisfy the conditions in Modification (3), which will be described later.

Further, in the case of FIG. 70(b), only components M103B and M103C are arranged on the surface M100a of the substrate M100. As shown in FIG. 70(b), the parts M103B and M103C are arranged so that the entire parts are outside the placement prohibited area M145. Therefore, the specific component whose height is likely to exceed the predetermined value H is not placed in the placement prohibited area M145. In other words, FIG. 70(b) shows a component arrangement that satisfies the condition that a specific component whose height may exceed the predetermined value H is not placed in the prohibited placement region M145.

Note that, as shown in FIG. 70(b), even if the height of the component M103B closest to the QR code (registered trademark) M120 is greater than or equal to the predetermined value H, the component M103B may exist outside the placement prohibited area M145. If the parts are arranged in , the parts arrangement satisfies the above conditions.

When the board M100 is attached to a specific inner wall surface of the housing of the slot machine SM, the back surface M100b faces the specific inner wall surface. When the board M100 is attached to the inside of the rear surface of the housing of the slot machine SM, the board M100 is attached to the rear inner wall surface of the housing so that the front surface M100a is located on the front side of the housing and the back surface M100b is located on the rear inner wall surface of the housing, and the back surface M100b faces the rear inner wall surface. When the board M100 is attached to the inside of the left side of the housing of the slot machine SM, the board M100 is attached to the left inner wall surface of the housing so that the front surface M100a is located on the right inner wall surface of the housing and the back surface M100b is located on the left inner wall surface of the housing, and the back surface M100b faces the left inner wall surface.

Therefore, according to the above modification (1), even if the regular board M100 is replaced with a non-regular board, the board M100 (main control board 100, sub control board 200, medal number control board 300, unit control board 500) Since the sticker M131 on which the QR code (registered trademark) M120 is formed is affixed to the surface M100a of the slot machine SM, it is easy to know that it has been replaced. acts can be effectively prevented. Additionally, since the QR Code (registered trademark) M120 itself is not alphanumeric or anything that humans can easily read, even if a fraudster sees the QR code (registered trademark) M120, it can be easily copied. From this point of view as well, fraudulent acts can be effectively prevented.

Further, when the component information M150 is formed by silk printing, the component information M150 is formed so as to bulge from the surface on which it is formed (see FIGS. 69, 70(a) and 70(b)). Further, the end of the through hole M106 may be uneven with respect to the surface on which it is formed. Furthermore, the wiring pattern M101, which is a single solid wiring pattern formed on the surface M100a of the substrate M100, has a step formed at the edge of the wiring pattern M101 with respect to the surface of the substrate.

For this reason, if the through-holes M106 and the component information M150 are not arranged to avoid the attachment area M132, or if part of the attachment area M132 is on the wiring pattern M101, which is a single solid wiring pattern, and the other part is not on the wiring pattern M101, the sticker M131 may be attached on the through-holes M106 or the component information M150, or part of the sticker M131 may be attached so as to extend beyond the wiring pattern M101, resulting in an uneven surface of the sticker M131. If a QR code (registered trademark) M120 formed on such an uneven surface of the sticker M131 is imaged by a reader, the imaged QR code (registered trademark) M120 will be distorted, which may lead to erroneous recognition of the QR code (registered trademark) M120. Furthermore, if the sticker M131 is attached on an uneven surface, such as by being attached over the through-hole M106 or the component information M150, or part of the sticker M131 extending beyond the wiring pattern M101, the sticker M131 may become more susceptible to peeling or damage due to aging. If the sticker M131 is peeled off or damaged, it may be mistakenly determined that fraud has occurred, and in such a case, the slot machine SM may become unable to operate.

On the other hand, according to the above modification (1), the entire pasting area M132 of the sticker M131 is on the wiring pattern M101 which is a single solid wiring pattern, and the through hole M106 and the component information M150 are on the pasting area M132. are arranged to avoid Therefore, the sticker M131 is pasted on the pasting area M132 on the wiring pattern M101, avoiding the through-hole M106 and the component information M150, so that the entire sticker exists on the wiring pattern M101, which is a single solid wiring pattern. That will happen. As a result, the surface of the seal M131 becomes approximately flat, and when a reader captures an image of the QR code (registered trademark) M120 formed on the surface of such a substantially flat seal M131, the imaged QR code (registered trademark) The QR code (registered trademark) M120 is hardly distorted, thereby making it possible to prevent erroneous recognition of the QR code (registered trademark) M120. In addition, the seal M131 avoids the through hole M106 and the component information M150, and is designed to be approximately flat so that the entirety of the seal M131 exists on the wiring pattern M101, which is a single solid wiring pattern, without any part of it protruding from the wiring pattern M101. Since it is pasted on top of the seal, it is possible to prevent the sticker M131 from becoming easily peeled off or easily damaged due to aging due to unevenness caused by the through hole M106 or part information M150, or a step at the edge of the wiring pattern M101. , the above problems can be effectively suppressed.

In addition, in order to avoid the surface of the seal M131 becoming uneven due to the through-holes M106, the component information M150, and the steps of various wiring patterns, the entire attachment area M132 of the seal M131 may be arranged to exist on a single solid wiring pattern such as the wiring pattern M101 as in the modified example (1) (hereinafter, appropriately referred to as the "first attachment area formation area pattern"), or may be arranged to exist on a portion of the surface M100a of the substrate M100 that does not have a wiring pattern (hereinafter, appropriately referred to as the "non-wiring pattern portion") (hereinafter, appropriately referred to as the "second attachment area formation area pattern"). In this case, for example, a light-based reader may be used to read the QR code (registered trademark) M120. Since light may pass through glass substrates and flexible substrates that are generally used as the substrate M100, the QR code (registered trademark) M120 formed on the surface of the seal M131 that is entirely attached on the non-wiring pattern portion may not be read (in the case of the second attachment area formation area pattern). In contrast, wiring patterns such as the wiring pattern M101 do not transmit light due to the metal wiring layer, so the QR code (registered trademark) M120 formed on the surface of the sticker M131, which is entirely attached to a wiring pattern such as the wiring pattern M101, can be read without being unable to read due to light transmitting through the QR code (registered trademark) M120 (in the case of the first attachment area formation area pattern). From this point of view, it can be said that the first attachment area formation area pattern is superior to the second attachment area formation area pattern.

In addition, in the above-mentioned modified example (1), the area including the placement area M121 of the QR code (registered trademark) M120 and the placement adjacent area M140 adjacent to this placement area M121 is set as a placement prohibited area M145 that prohibits the placement of a specific component whose height is equal to or greater than a predetermined value H. In this way, when reading the QR code (registered trademark) M120 with a reader, it is possible to prevent the QR code (registered trademark) M120 from being significantly blurred due to the focus being on the component, making it impossible to read the QR code (registered trademark) M120 correctly.

In addition, for example, when the seal M131 is opaque, and when the seal M131 is pasted so as to span multiple wiring patterns (for example, wiring pattern M101, wiring pattern M102), the wiring pattern may be placed below the seal M131. There is a problem that it is difficult to know whether or not a file exists. On the other hand, in modification example (1), by placing the entire pasting area M132 of the sticker M131 on the wiring pattern M101, which is a single solid wiring pattern, it is possible to effectively suppress the above-described problem.

Modification (2) will be explained with reference to FIG. 71.

In variant (1), the through-holes M106 are arranged so as to avoid the pasting area M132, whereas in variant (2), the through-holes M106 are arranged so as to avoid the pasting area M132 and a predetermined area adjacent to the pasting area M132 (hereinafter referred to as the "pasting adjacent area") M160, which is different. Except for this, variant (1) and variant (2) are the same, and in variant (2), the same reference numerals are used for configurations corresponding to those in variant (1), and the description of variant (1) is omitted since it is applicable. Also, in variant (2), the same effect as variant (1) is achieved by the configurations corresponding to those in variant (1), but the description of variant (1) is omitted since it is applicable.

The through hole M106 is arranged so as to avoid the pasting region M132 and a predetermined region (adjacent pasting region) M160 adjacent to the pasting region M132. In other words, the pasting region M132 and the pasting adjacent region M160 are a region M165 in which placement of through holes is prohibited (hereinafter referred to as "through hole placement prohibited region"). Note that the through hole M106 is not arranged so that even a part thereof is included in the through hole arrangement prohibited region M165.

In this modified example (2), the paste adjacent area M160 is determined so that the distance between each side of the paste area M132 and each side of the outline of the paste adjacent area M160 is a predetermined value that is equal to each other. Note that, for example, the size of the paste adjacent area M160 may be determined by preparing multiple patterns in which a through hole M106 is provided near the paste area M132 and testing whether or not the QR code (registered trademark) M120 is misrecognized, and the size of the predetermined adjacent area to be actually used may be determined according to the test results.

Note that the pasting adjacent region M160 is not limited to one in which the distance between each side of the pasting region M132 and each side of the outline of the pasting adjacent region M160 is equal to each other; for example, the pasting adjacent region M160 may be as follows. Good too. When the pasting area M132 to which the sticker M131 on which the QR code (registered trademark) M120 is pasted is located near the edge of the board M100, the pasting area M132 is adjacent to the side near the edge of the board M100. The adjoining area is set so that the distance between the area M160 and the side near the edge of the substrate M100 is smaller than the distance between each other side of the adhering area M132 and each other side of the adjoining area M160. M160 may also be set.

If a portion of the through-hole placement prohibited area M165 extends beyond the wiring pattern M101 and is, for example, on the wiring pattern M102 or wiring pattern M109, the through-holes M107 and M110 may be placed to avoid the through-hole placement prohibited area M165.

Therefore, according to the modified example (2), the through-hole M106 does not exist in the through-hole placement prohibited area M165 formed by the attachment area M132 where the sticker M131 on which the QR code M120 is formed is attached and the attachment adjacent area M160 adjacent to the attachment area M132. This prevents the reader from misreading the through-hole M106 as part of the QR code M120 by mistake for the printed part of the QR code M120 (the black part of the part surrounded by the dotted line in FIG. 71). For example, the finder pattern, alignment pattern, etc. of the QR code M120 are similar in shape to the through-hole M106 in a plan view of the surface M100a of the substrate M100 from a direction perpendicular to the surface M100a, so it is possible to misread the through-hole M106 as the finder pattern, alignment pattern, etc. of the QR code M120. However, in variant example (2), the through-hole M106 is not present in the through-hole placement prohibited area M165, so it is possible to prevent the through-hole M106 from being mistakenly read as the finder pattern or alignment pattern of the QR code (registered trademark) M120.

Modification (3) will be explained with reference to FIG. 72.

In the modification (1), the parts prohibited from being placed in the placement prohibited area M145 are those whose height is equal to or greater than the predetermined value H, whereas in the modification (3), the parts are prohibited from being placed in the placement prohibited area M145. It is different in that it is the tallest component among the plurality of components mounted on the surface M100a that is prohibited from being exposed. Note that except for this point, modification (1) and modification (3) are the same, and in modification (3), the same components as those in modification (1) are given the same reference numerals. Since the explanation of (1) can be applied, its explanation will be omitted. In addition, modification (3) has a configuration corresponding to that of modification (1), so that the same effect as modification (1) is achieved, but the same effect as modification (1) is obtained. Since the explanation is applicable, the explanation will be omitted.

In addition, in variant (3), whether or not the height of the part that is prohibited from being placed in the prohibited placement area M145 is equal to or greater than the predetermined value H is irrelevant, but to allow for a comparison with variant (1), in Figures 72(a) to (c) a solid line is drawn at the position where the height from the surface M100a is the predetermined value H.

In addition, in the modified example (3), only three components M203A, M203B, and M203C are mounted on the surface M100a of the substrate M100 in the case of Figures 72(a) and (b), and only two components M203A and M203B are mounted in the case of Figure 72(c), but the number of components mounted is not limited to this.

Furthermore, for example, the tallest component among the components expected to be placed on the front surface M100a of the board M100 and a plurality of placement adjacent areas M140 of different sizes and shapes are prepared, and a QR code (registered trademark) is prepared. ) A test may be performed to determine whether or not M120 is misrecognized, and the size and shape of the placement adjacent region M140 to be actually used may be determined according to the test result.

In the case of FIG. 72(a), among components M203A, M203B, and M203C, component M203B is the component with the highest height from surface M100a (wiring pattern M101, which is a single solid wiring pattern). do. As shown in FIG. 72(a), the component M203A is placed in the placement prohibited area M145, but the component M203A is not the tallest component among the components M203A, M203B, and M203C. Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 72(a), the tallest component M203B among components M203A, M203B, and M203C is placed so that its entirety is outside the placement prohibited area M145, and component M203C is placed so that its entirety is outside the placement prohibited area M145. It is arranged so as to be outside the arrangement prohibited area M145. Therefore, the tallest component M203B is not placed in the placement prohibited area M145. In other words, FIG. 72(a) shows a component arrangement that satisfies the condition that the tallest component M203B is not placed in the placement prohibited area M145.

In the case of FIG. 72(b), among components M203A, M203B, and M203C, component M203B is the component with the highest height from the surface M100a (wiring pattern M101, which is a single solid wiring pattern). do. As shown in FIG. 72(b), component M203A is placed in the placement prohibited area M145, and although the height of component M203A is greater than the predetermined value H, it is the highest among components M203A, M203B, and M203C. It's not a tall part. Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 72(b), the tallest component M203B among components M203A, M203B, and M203C is placed so that its entirety is outside the placement prohibited area M145, and component M203C is placed so that its entirety is outside the placement prohibited area M145. It is arranged so as to be outside the arrangement prohibited area M145. Therefore, the tallest component M203B is not placed in the placement prohibited area M145. In other words, FIG. 72(b) shows a component arrangement that satisfies the condition that the tallest component M203B is not placed in the prohibited placement area M145.

However, in FIG. 72(b), where a component M203A whose height is more than the predetermined value H is placed in the placement prohibited area M145, no part whose height is more than the predetermined value H is placed in the placement prohibited area M145. This is a component arrangement that does not satisfy the conditions in the first embodiment.

In the case of FIG. 72(c), it is assumed that among the components M203B and M203C, the component M203B is the component with the highest height from the surface M100a (wiring pattern M101 which is a single solid wiring pattern). As shown in FIG. 72(c), the tallest component M203B among the components M203B and M203C is placed so that its entirety is outside the placement prohibited area M145, and the entire part M203C is placed outside the placement prohibited area M145. It is arranged to be outside. Therefore, the tallest component M203B is not placed in the placement prohibited area M145. In other words, FIG. 72(c) shows a component arrangement that satisfies the condition that the tallest component M203B is not placed in the placement prohibited area M145.

As shown in FIG. 72(c), even if the component M203B closest to the QR code (registered trademark) M120 is the tallest component, the component M203B is placed outside the placement prohibited area M145. If so, the component arrangement satisfies the above conditions.

As described above, in modification (3), a plurality of components are arranged on the surface M100a of the board M100 (components M203A, M203B, M203C in FIGS. 72(a) and (b), component M203B in FIG. 72(c)). , M203C), the tallest component is not installed in the placement area M121 of the QR code (registered trademark) M120 and the predetermined placement adjacent area M140 adjacent to the placement area M121. There is.

Therefore, according to the above-mentioned modified example (3), the tallest component M203B is not placed in the placement area M121 of the QR code (registered trademark) M120 or in the placement adjacent area M140 adjacent to this placement area M121. In this way, when reading the QR code (registered trademark) M120 with a reader, it is possible to prevent the focus on the component, causing the QR code (registered trademark) M120 to become significantly blurred, and making it impossible to read the QR code (registered trademark) M120 correctly.

The above modifications (1) to (3) may also be modified as follows:

For example, in each of the above-mentioned modified examples (1) to (3), the component information M150 is formed by silk screen printing, but this is not limited to this, and it may be formed by engraving using a laser or the like. When the component information M150 is formed by engraving, unlike when it is formed by silk screen printing, the component information M150 is formed so as to be recessed from the formation surface. Also, the ends of the through holes M106 may be uneven relative to the formation surface. Also, the wiring pattern M101, which is a single solid wiring pattern formed on the surface M100a of the substrate M100, will have a step formed on the edge of the wiring pattern M101 relative to the surface of the substrate.

Therefore, if the through hole M106 and the component information M150 are not arranged to avoid the pasting area M132, or if a part of the pasting area M132 is on the wiring pattern M101 which is a single solid wiring pattern, If the part is not on the wiring pattern M101, the sticker M131 may be pasted over the through hole M106 or the component information 150, or a part of the sticker M131 may be pasted so as to protrude from the wiring pattern M101. , the surface of the seal M131 may become uneven. When the reader takes an image of the QR code (registered trademark) M120 formed on the surface of the sticker M131 with such unevenness, the imaged QR code (registered trademark) M120 becomes distorted. This may lead to erroneous recognition of the QR code (registered trademark) M120. In addition, if the sticker M131 is pasted over the through hole M106 or parts information M150, or if the sticker M131 is pasted so that part of it protrudes from the wiring pattern M101, and is pasted on an uneven surface, the sticker As M131 ages, it becomes more likely to peel off or get damaged. If the seal M131 is peeled off or damaged, there is a risk that it will be mistakenly recognized as a fraudulent act, and in such a case, there is a problem that the slot machine SM will not be able to operate.

On the other hand, according to the above-described modification, the entire pasting area M132 of the sticker M131 is on the wiring pattern M101, which is a single solid wiring pattern, and the through hole M106 and component information M150 are arranged to avoid the pasting area M132. It is located in Therefore, the sticker M131 is pasted on the pasting area M132 on the wiring pattern M101, avoiding the through-hole M106 and the component information M150, so that the entire sticker exists on the wiring pattern M101, which is a single solid wiring pattern. That will happen. As a result, the surface of the seal M131 becomes approximately flat, and when a reader captures an image of the QR code (registered trademark) M120 formed on the surface of such a substantially flat seal M131, the imaged QR code (registered trademark) The QR code (registered trademark) M120 is hardly distorted, thereby making it possible to prevent erroneous recognition of the QR code (registered trademark) M120. In addition, the seal M131 avoids the through hole M106 and the component information M150, and is designed to be approximately flat so that the entirety of the seal M131 exists on the wiring pattern M101, which is a single solid wiring pattern, without any part of it protruding from the wiring pattern M101. Since it is pasted on top of the seal, it is possible to prevent the sticker M131 from becoming easily peeled off or easily damaged due to aging due to unevenness caused by the through hole M106 or part information M150, or a step at the edge of the wiring pattern M101. , the above problems can be effectively suppressed.

In addition, in each of the above-mentioned variations (1) to (3), the identification symbol is a two-dimensional code, QR code (registered trademark) M120, but the identification symbol is not limited to this, and the QR code (registered trademark) Trademark) A two-dimensional code other than M120 may be used. In addition, the identification symbol is not something that a person can directly read the identification information represented by the identification symbol, but it is possible to read the identification information represented by the identification symbol by using a reader. It may also be a dimensional code, two-dimensional code, etc.

In addition, in each of the above-mentioned modified examples (1) to (3), the entire attachment area 132 of the sticker M131 is located on the ground wiring pattern M101, which is a single solid wiring pattern, but this is not limited to this. For example, if the power supply wiring pattern M109, which has a predetermined potential VDD, is a single solid wiring pattern, then the entire attachment area M132 of the sticker M131 may be located on the single solid wiring pattern M109.

In addition, in the above-mentioned modifications (1) and (2), parts whose height is equal to or higher than the predetermined value H are placed adjacent to the placement area M121 of the QR code (registered trademark) M120 and the predetermined placement area adjacent to the placement area M121. In modification example (3), the tallest component among the plurality of components mounted on the surface M100a of the board M100 is placed in the region M121 and the region M121 of the QR code (registered trademark) M120. Although the device is not installed in a predetermined placement adjacent area M140 adjacent to the placement area M121, it is not limited to this, and the following may be used, for example. Among the plurality of components mounted on the front surface M100a of the board M100, the components may be arranged so that the component closest to the QR code (registered trademark) M120 is not the tallest component. In this case, the component arrangements shown in FIGS. 70(b) and 72(c) are not allowed.

Further, in each of the above-mentioned modifications (1) to (3), the QR code (registered trademark) M120 is arranged on the surface M100a side of the board M100 where the components are arranged, but the present invention is not limited to this. Instead, it may be arranged on the back surface M100b side of the board M100 where no components are arranged. In this case, the entire sticker pasting area is on a single solid wiring pattern (for example, a single solid wiring pattern for ground where the potential is a predetermined value 0, a wiring pattern for power supply where the potential is a predetermined value VDD). Alternatively, the entire sticker may be attached so as to fit within the attachment area, and the specific information formed by through-holes and silk printing or engraving may be arranged so as to avoid the attachment area.

In addition, although the above embodiments have been described with respect to slot machines, the present invention is not limited to slot machines and can also be applied to other gaming machines such as pachinko machines.

The above embodiments and variations can be combined as appropriate.

The present invention can be widely applied to gaming machines installed in gaming halls such as pachinko halls.

SM...Slot machine, CU...Card unit, 6L, 6M, 6R...Reel, 9...Start switch, 100...Main control board, 101...Main control CPU, 102...Memory, 300...Number of medals control board, 301...Number of medals Control CPU, 302...Memory, 500...Unit control board, 501...Unit CPU, 502...Memory

Claims (1)

A gaming machine having a symbol display means having a plurality of reels which variably display a plurality of types of symbols, a game start operation means for starting the variable display of each of the reels , and a stop operation means for stopping the variable display corresponding to each of the plurality of reels , in which a gaming value is awarded according to a stop result when all of the reels have stopped,
A main control means for controlling the progress of a game;
a gaming value amount control means for controlling management of the amount of the gaming value;
Equipped with
The main control means
receiving the gaming value from the gaming value amount control means, playing a game using the gaming value by operating the game start operation means, and transferring the gaming value granted based on the stop result of the game to the gaming value amount control means;
The gaming value amount control means
Transmitting gaming machine information including a plurality of items to an external gaming machine compatible unit;
by including the amount of the game value to be transferred in transfer information and transmitting the information to and from the external game-machine compatible unit, transferring the amount of the game value to and from the external game-machine compatible unit,
The transmission of the gaming machine information is performed at a transmission timing in a predetermined cycle,
the communication of the information is performed at a timing different from the transmission timing in the predetermined cycle,
The power supply to the gaming machine is independent of the power supply to the gaming machine compatible unit;
The main control means
A role selection means for selecting a role to select whether or not a plurality of types of roles are selected;
A stop control means for performing stop control to stop the variable display of each of the reels based on the result of the lottery by the lottery means and the operation mode of the stop operation means;
a power supply detection unit capable of detecting whether or not power is being supplied to the gaming machine compatible unit;
Equipped with
In a state where the power supply detection unit can detect that power is not being supplied to the gaming machine compatible unit, the operation of the game progress operation means related to the progress of the game, including the stop operation means, is disabled;
When the stop operation means for the last stopped reel is operated, even if the operation is not terminated by the player, the game value to be awarded can be determined based on the role selection result of the role selection means, the timing when the stop operation means for the last stopped reel is operated, and the timing when the stop operation means for a reel other than the last stopped reel is operated;
The plurality of items of the gaming machine information include first information capable of specifying an amount of the gaming value to be awarded to the player based on the stop result, and second information which is different from the first information and relates to a process of awarding the gaming value,
The second information is not transmitted from the gaming value amount control means to the gaming machine compatible unit after the stop operation means for the last stopped reel is operated and before the operation of the stop operation means for the last stopped reel is terminated by the player, and is transmitted from the gaming value amount control means to the gaming machine compatible unit after the operation of the stop operation means for the last stopped reel is terminated by the player,
a first information being capable of being transmitted from the gaming value amount control means to the gaming machine compatible unit after the stop operation means for the last stopped reel is operated and before the operation of the stop operation means for the last stopped reel is terminated by the player.

Images